d/freebsd-dev
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Import nvi 2.1.3

Browse Source 
Approved by:	peter
This commit is contained in:
Baptiste Daroussin 2015-04-10 13:26:05 +00:00
parent 1abe484249
commit 5a709d61a3
Notes: svn2git 2020-12-20 02:59:44 +00:00 
svn path=/vendor/nvi/dist/; revision=281368
svn path=/vendor/nvi/2.1.3/; revision=281370; tag=vendor/nvi/2.1.3
177 changed files with 1843 additions and 26256 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

4
README
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# $Id: README,v 9.1 2013/11/02 02:50:23 zy Exp $
# $Id: README,v 9.2 2015/04/08 17:18:56 zy Exp $
This is version 2.1.2 (2012-11-02) of nex/nvi, a reimplementation of the ex/vi
This is version 2.1.3 (2015-04-08) of nex/nvi, a reimplementation of the ex/vi
text editors originally distributed as part of the Fourth Berkeley
Software Distribution (4BSD), by the University of California, Berkeley.

19
catalog/dump.c
View File

@ -10,11 +10,7 @@
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
@ -31,12 +27,6 @@
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef lint
static char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static char sccsid[] = "$Id: dump.c,v 8.2 2011/07/14 00:05:25 zy Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
@ -45,8 +35,7 @@ static char sccsid[] = "$Id: dump.c,v 8.2 2011/07/14 00:05:25 zy Exp $";
#include <stdio.h>
static void
parse(fp)
FILE *fp;
parse(FILE *fp)
{
int ch, s1, s2, s3;
@ -96,9 +85,7 @@ parse(fp)
}
int
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
FILE *fp;

19
catalog/spell.ok
View File

@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
ARGMAX
LC
NL
XXXX
arg1
arg2
chys
english
english.base
german.base
langauge
msg
msg.c
msgcat
msgq
nvi
nvi's
pathname
sp

12
cl/cl.h
View File

@ -80,16 +80,4 @@ typedef enum { INP_OK=0, INP_EOF, INP_ERR, INP_INTR, INP_TIMEOUT } input_t;
#define RCNO(sp, cno) (cno)
#define RLNO(sp, lno) (lno)
/*
* XXX
* Some implementations of curses.h don't define these for us. Used for
* compatibility only.
*/
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#endif
#ifndef FALSE
#define FALSE 0
#endif
#include "extern.h"

46
cl/cl_funcs.c
View File

@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_funcs.c,v 10.74 2012/10/11 10:30:16 zy Exp
#include "../vi/vi.h"
#include "cl.h"
static void cl_rdiv __P((SCR *));
static void cl_rdiv(SCR *);
static int
addstr4(SCR *sp, void *str, size_t len, int wide)
@ -76,31 +76,31 @@ addstr4(SCR *sp, void *str, size_t len, int wide)
* cl_waddstr --
* Add len bytes from the string at the cursor, advancing the cursor.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_waddstr __P((SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int cl_waddstr(SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
cl_waddstr(SCR *sp, const CHAR_T *str, size_t len)
{
return addstr4(sp, (void *)str, len, 1);
return addstr4(sp, (void *)str, len, 1);
}
/*
* cl_addstr --
* Add len bytes from the string at the cursor, advancing the cursor.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_addstr __P((SCR *, const char *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int cl_addstr(SCR *, const char *, size_t);
*/
int
cl_addstr(SCR *sp, const char *str, size_t len)
{
return addstr4(sp, (void *)str, len, 0);
return addstr4(sp, (void *)str, len, 0);
}
/*
* cl_attr --
* Toggle a screen attribute on/off.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_attr __P((SCR *, scr_attr_t, int));
* PUBLIC: int cl_attr(SCR *, scr_attr_t, int);
*/
int
cl_attr(SCR *sp, scr_attr_t attribute, int on)
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ cl_attr(SCR *sp, scr_attr_t attribute, int on)
* cl_baud --
* Return the baud rate.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_baud __P((SCR *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_baud(SCR *, u_long *);
*/
int
cl_baud(SCR *sp, u_long *ratep)
@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ cl_baud(SCR *sp, u_long *ratep)
* cl_bell --
* Ring the bell/flash the screen.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_bell __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_bell(SCR *);
*/
int
cl_bell(SCR *sp)
@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ cl_bell(SCR *sp)
* cl_clrtoeol --
* Clear from the current cursor to the end of the line.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_clrtoeol __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_clrtoeol(SCR *);
*/
int
cl_clrtoeol(SCR *sp)
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ cl_clrtoeol(SCR *sp)
* cl_cursor --
* Return the current cursor position.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_cursor __P((SCR *, size_t *, size_t *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_cursor(SCR *, size_t *, size_t *);
*/
int
cl_cursor(SCR *sp, size_t *yp, size_t *xp)
@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ cl_cursor(SCR *sp, size_t *yp, size_t *xp)
* cl_deleteln --
* Delete the current line, scrolling all lines below it.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_deleteln __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_deleteln(SCR *);
*/
int
cl_deleteln(SCR *sp)
@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ cl_deleteln(SCR *sp)
* cl_discard --
* Discard a screen.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_discard __P((SCR *, SCR **));
* PUBLIC: int cl_discard(SCR *, SCR **);
*/
int
cl_discard(SCR *discardp, SCR **acquirep)
@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ cl_discard(SCR *discardp, SCR **acquirep)
* Adjust the screen for ex. This routine is purely for standalone
* ex programs. All special purpose, all special case.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_ex_adjust __P((SCR *, exadj_t));
* PUBLIC: int cl_ex_adjust(SCR *, exadj_t);
*/
int
cl_ex_adjust(SCR *sp, exadj_t action)
@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ cl_ex_adjust(SCR *sp, exadj_t action)
* cl_insertln --
* Push down the current line, discarding the bottom line.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_insertln __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_insertln(SCR *);
*/
int
cl_insertln(SCR *sp)
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ cl_insertln(SCR *sp)
* cl_keyval --
* Return the value for a special key.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_keyval __P((SCR *, scr_keyval_t, CHAR_T *, int *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_keyval(SCR *, scr_keyval_t, CHAR_T *, int *);
*/
int
cl_keyval(SCR *sp, scr_keyval_t val, CHAR_T *chp, int *dnep)
@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ cl_keyval(SCR *sp, scr_keyval_t val, CHAR_T *chp, int *dnep)
* cl_move --
* Move the cursor.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_move __P((SCR *, size_t, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int cl_move(SCR *, size_t, size_t);
*/
int
cl_move(SCR *sp, size_t lno, size_t cno)
@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ cl_move(SCR *sp, size_t lno, size_t cno)
* cl_refresh --
* Refresh the screen.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_refresh __P((SCR *, int));
* PUBLIC: int cl_refresh(SCR *, int);
*/
int
cl_refresh(SCR *sp, int repaint)
@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ cl_rdiv(SCR *sp)
* cl_rename --
* Rename the file.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_rename __P((SCR *, char *, int));
* PUBLIC: int cl_rename(SCR *, char *, int);
*/
int
cl_rename(SCR *sp, char *name, int on)
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ cl_rename(SCR *sp, char *name, int on)
if (on) {
clp->focus = sp;
if (!F_ISSET(clp, CL_RENAME_OK) ||
strncmp(OG_STR(gp, GO_TERM), "xterm", 5))
strncmp(OG_STR(gp, GO_TERM), "xterm", 5))
return (0);
if (clp->oname == NULL && (wid = getenv("WINDOWID"))) {
@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ rename: cl_setname(gp, name);
* cl_setname --
* Set a X11 icon/window name.
*
* PUBLIC: void cl_setname __P((GS *, char *));
* PUBLIC: void cl_setname(GS *, char *);
*/
void
cl_setname(GS *gp, char *name)
@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ cl_setname(GS *gp, char *name)
* cl_split --
* Split a screen.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_split __P((SCR *, SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_split(SCR *, SCR *);
*/
int
cl_split(SCR *origp, SCR *newp)
@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ cl_split(SCR *origp, SCR *newp)
* cl_suspend --
* Suspend a screen.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_suspend __P((SCR *, int *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_suspend(SCR *, int *);
*/
int
cl_suspend(SCR *sp, int *allowedp)
@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ cl_suspend(SCR *sp, int *allowedp)
* cl_usage --
* Print out the curses usage messages.
*
* PUBLIC: void cl_usage __P((void));
* PUBLIC: void cl_usage(void);
*/
void
cl_usage(void)

37
cl/cl_main.c
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifndef lint
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_main.c,v 10.55 2011/08/15 19:52:28 zy Exp $";
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_main.c,v 10.56 2015/04/05 06:20:53 zy Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/types.h>
@ -36,20 +36,20 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_main.c,v 10.55 2011/08/15 19:52:28 zy Exp
GS *__global_list; /* GLOBAL: List of screens. */
sigset_t __sigblockset; /* GLOBAL: Blocked signals. */
static void cl_func_std __P((GS *));
static CL_PRIVATE *cl_init __P((GS *));
static GS *gs_init __P((char *));
static void perr __P((char *, char *));
static int setsig __P((int, struct sigaction *, void (*)(int)));
static void sig_end __P((GS *));
static void term_init __P((char *, char *));
static void cl_func_std(GS *);
static CL_PRIVATE *cl_init(GS *);
static GS *gs_init(char *);
static void perr(char *, char *);
static int setsig(int, struct sigaction *, void (*)(int));
static void sig_end(GS *);
static void term_init(char *, char *);
/*
* main --
* This is the main loop for the standalone curses editor.
*/
int
main(int argc, char **argv)
main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
static int reenter;
CL_PRIVATE *clp;
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
* have to use termcap/terminfo to find out how big the screen is.
*/
if ((ttype = getenv("TERM")) == NULL)
ttype = "unknown";
ttype = "ansi";
term_init(gp->progname, ttype);
/* Add the terminal type to the global structure. */
@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ main(int argc, char **argv)
}
/* Free the global and CL private areas. */
#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(PURIFY) || defined(LIBRARY)
#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(PURIFY)
if (clp->oname != NULL)
free(clp->oname);
free(clp);
@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ h_winch(int signo)
* sig_init --
* Initialize signals.
*
* PUBLIC: int sig_init __P((GS *, SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int sig_init(GS *, SCR *);
*/
int
sig_init(GS *gp, SCR *sp)
@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ sig_init(GS *gp, SCR *sp)
* Set a signal handler.
*/
static int
setsig(int signo, struct sigaction *oactp, void (*handler) (int))
setsig(int signo, struct sigaction *oactp, void (*handler)(int))
{
struct sigaction act;
@ -345,21 +345,12 @@ setsig(int signo, struct sigaction *oactp, void (*handler) (int))
* Use sigaction(2), not signal(3), since we don't always want to
* restart system calls. The example is when waiting for a command
* mode keystroke and SIGWINCH arrives. Besides, you can't portably
* restart system calls (thanks, POSIX!). On the other hand, you
* can't portably NOT restart system calls (thanks, Sun!). SunOS
* used SA_INTERRUPT as their extension to NOT restart read calls.
* We sure hope nobody else used it for anything else. Mom told me
* there'd be days like this. She just never told me that there'd
* be so many.
* restart system calls (thanks, POSIX!).
*/
act.sa_handler = handler;
sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
#ifdef SA_INTERRUPT
act.sa_flags = SA_INTERRUPT;
#else
act.sa_flags = 0;
#endif
return (sigaction(signo, &act, oactp));
}

11
cl/cl_read.c
View File

@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_read.c,v 10.30 2012/07/12 18:28:58 zy Exp
#undef columns
#undef lines
static input_t cl_read __P((SCR *,
u_int32_t, char *, size_t, int *, struct timeval *));
static int cl_resize __P((SCR *, size_t, size_t));
static input_t cl_read(SCR *,
u_int32_t, char *, size_t, int *, struct timeval *);
static int cl_resize(SCR *, size_t, size_t);
/*
* cl_event --
* Return a single event.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_event __P((SCR *, EVENT *, u_int32_t, int));
* PUBLIC: int cl_event(SCR *, EVENT *, u_int32_t, int);
*/
int
cl_event(SCR *sp, EVENT *evp, u_int32_t flags, int ms)
@ -143,7 +143,8 @@ retest: if (LF_ISSET(EC_INTERRUPT) || F_ISSET(clp, CL_SIGINT)) {
* Read characters from the input.
*/
static input_t
cl_read(SCR *sp, u_int32_t flags, char *bp, size_t blen, int *nrp, struct timeval *tp)
cl_read(SCR *sp, u_int32_t flags, char *bp, size_t blen, int *nrp,
struct timeval *tp)
{
struct termios term1, term2;
CL_PRIVATE *clp;

50
cl/cl_screen.c
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifndef lint
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_screen.c,v 10.56 2002/05/03 19:59:44 skimo Exp $";
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_screen.c,v 10.58 2015/04/08 02:12:11 zy Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/types.h>
@ -32,18 +32,18 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_screen.c,v 10.56 2002/05/03 19:59:44 skimo
#include "../common/common.h"
#include "cl.h"
static int cl_ex_end __P((GS *));
static int cl_ex_init __P((SCR *));
static void cl_freecap __P((CL_PRIVATE *));
static int cl_vi_end __P((GS *));
static int cl_vi_init __P((SCR *));
static int cl_putenv __P((char *, char *, u_long));
static int cl_ex_end(GS *);
static int cl_ex_init(SCR *);
static void cl_freecap(CL_PRIVATE *);
static int cl_vi_end(GS *);
static int cl_vi_init(SCR *);
static int cl_putenv(char *, char *, u_long);
/*
* cl_screen --
* Switch screen types.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_screen __P((SCR *, u_int32_t));
* PUBLIC: int cl_screen(SCR *, u_int32_t);
*/
int
cl_screen(SCR *sp, u_int32_t flags)
@ -58,11 +58,9 @@ cl_screen(SCR *sp, u_int32_t flags)
/* See if the current information is incorrect. */
if (F_ISSET(gp, G_SRESTART)) {
if (CLSP(sp)) {
delwin(CLSP(sp));
sp->cl_private = NULL;
}
if (cl_quit(gp))
if ((!F_ISSET(sp, SC_SCR_EX | SC_SCR_VI) ||
resizeterm(O_VAL(sp, O_LINES), O_VAL(sp, O_COLUMNS))) &&
cl_quit(gp))
return (1);
F_CLR(gp, G_SRESTART);
}
@ -131,7 +129,7 @@ cl_screen(SCR *sp, u_int32_t flags)
* cl_quit --
* Shutdown the screens.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_quit __P((GS *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_quit(GS *);
*/
int
cl_quit(GS *gp)
@ -234,20 +232,15 @@ cl_vi_init(SCR *sp)
cl_putenv("COLUMNS", NULL, (u_long)O_VAL(sp, O_COLUMNS));
/*
* We don't care about the SCREEN reference returned by newterm, we
* never have more than one SCREEN at a time.
*
* XXX
* The SunOS initscr() can't be called twice. Don't even think about
* using it. It fails in subtle ways (e.g. select(2) on fileno(stdin)
* stops working). (The SVID notes that applications should only call
* initscr() once.)
*
* XXX
* The HP/UX newterm doesn't support the NULL first argument, so we
* have to specify the terminal type.
* The terminal is aways initialized, either in `main`, or by a
* previous call to newterm(3X).
*/
(void)del_curterm(cur_term);
/*
* We never have more than one SCREEN at a time, so set_term(NULL) will
* give us the last SCREEN.
*/
errno = 0;
if (newterm(ttype, stdout, stdin) == NULL) {
if (errno)
@ -416,6 +409,9 @@ cl_vi_end(GS *gp)
/* End curses window. */
(void)endwin();
/* Free the SCREEN created by newterm(3X). */
delscreen(set_term(NULL));
/*
* XXX
* The screen TE sequence just got sent. See the comment in
@ -520,7 +516,7 @@ cl_ex_end(GS *gp)
* cl_getcap --
* Retrieve termcap/terminfo strings.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_getcap __P((SCR *, char *, char **));
* PUBLIC: int cl_getcap(SCR *, char *, char **);
*/
int
cl_getcap(SCR *sp, char *name, char **elementp)

27
cl/cl_term.c
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifndef lint
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_term.c,v 10.34 2013/12/07 16:21:14 wjenkner Exp $";
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_term.c,v 10.35 2015/04/08 02:12:11 zy Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/types.h>
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cl_term.c,v 10.34 2013/12/07 16:21:14 wjenkne
#include "../common/common.h"
#include "cl.h"
static int cl_pfmap __P((SCR *, seq_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t));
static int cl_pfmap(SCR *, seq_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t);
/*
* XXX
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ static TKLIST const m2_tklist[] = { /* Input mappings (set or delete). */
* cl_term_init --
* Initialize the special keys defined by the termcap/terminfo entry.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_term_init __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_term_init(SCR *);
*/
int
cl_term_init(SCR *sp)
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ cl_term_init(SCR *sp)
* cl_term_end --
* End the special keys defined by the termcap/terminfo entry.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_term_end __P((GS *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_term_end(GS *);
*/
int
cl_term_end(GS *gp)
@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ cl_term_end(GS *gp)
* cl_fmap --
* Map a function key.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_fmap __P((SCR *, seq_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int cl_fmap(SCR *, seq_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
cl_fmap(SCR *sp, seq_t stype, CHAR_T *from, size_t flen, CHAR_T *to, size_t tlen)
@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ cl_pfmap(SCR *sp, seq_t stype, CHAR_T *from, size_t flen, CHAR_T *to, size_t tle
* cl_optchange --
* Curses screen specific "option changed" routine.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_optchange __P((SCR *, int, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_optchange(SCR *, int, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
cl_optchange(SCR *sp, int opt, char *str, u_long *valp)
@ -268,15 +268,16 @@ cl_optchange(SCR *sp, int opt, char *str, u_long *valp)
clp = CLP(sp);
switch (opt) {
case O_TERM:
F_CLR(sp, SC_SCR_EX | SC_SCR_VI);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case O_COLUMNS:
case O_LINES:
case O_TERM:
/*
* Changing the columns, lines or terminal require that
* we restart the screen.
* Changing the terminal type requires that we reinitialize
* curses, while resizing does not.
*/
F_SET(sp->gp, G_SRESTART);
F_CLR(sp, SC_SCR_EX | SC_SCR_VI);
break;
case O_MESG:
(void)cl_omesg(sp, clp, *valp);
@ -305,7 +306,7 @@ cl_optchange(SCR *sp, int opt, char *str, u_long *valp)
* cl_omesg --
* Turn the tty write permission on or off.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_omesg __P((SCR *, CL_PRIVATE *, int));
* PUBLIC: int cl_omesg(SCR *, CL_PRIVATE *, int);
*/
int
cl_omesg(SCR *sp, CL_PRIVATE *clp, int on)
@ -351,7 +352,7 @@ cl_omesg(SCR *sp, CL_PRIVATE *clp, int on)
* cl_ssize --
* Return the terminal size.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_ssize __P((SCR *, int, size_t *, size_t *, int *));
* PUBLIC: int cl_ssize(SCR *, int, size_t *, size_t *, int *);
*/
int
cl_ssize(SCR *sp, int sigwinch, size_t *rowp, size_t *colp, int *changedp)
@ -467,7 +468,7 @@ noterm: if (row == 0)
* cl_putchar --
* Function version of putchar, for tputs.
*
* PUBLIC: int cl_putchar __P((int));
* PUBLIC: int cl_putchar(int);
*/
int
cl_putchar(int ch)

62
cl/extern.h
View File

@ -1,31 +1,31 @@
int cl_waddstr __P((SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t));
int cl_addstr __P((SCR *, const char *, size_t));
int cl_attr __P((SCR *, scr_attr_t, int));
int cl_baud __P((SCR *, u_long *));
int cl_bell __P((SCR *));
int cl_clrtoeol __P((SCR *));
int cl_cursor __P((SCR *, size_t *, size_t *));
int cl_deleteln __P((SCR *));
int cl_discard __P((SCR *, SCR **));
int cl_ex_adjust __P((SCR *, exadj_t));
int cl_insertln __P((SCR *));
int cl_keyval __P((SCR *, scr_keyval_t, CHAR_T *, int *));
int cl_move __P((SCR *, size_t, size_t));
int cl_refresh __P((SCR *, int));
int cl_rename __P((SCR *, char *, int));
void cl_setname __P((GS *, char *));
int cl_split __P((SCR *, SCR *));
int cl_suspend __P((SCR *, int *));
void cl_usage __P((void));
int sig_init __P((GS *, SCR *));
int cl_event __P((SCR *, EVENT *, u_int32_t, int));
int cl_screen __P((SCR *, u_int32_t));
int cl_quit __P((GS *));
int cl_getcap __P((SCR *, char *, char **));
int cl_term_init __P((SCR *));
int cl_term_end __P((GS *));
int cl_fmap __P((SCR *, seq_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t));
int cl_optchange __P((SCR *, int, char *, u_long *));
int cl_omesg __P((SCR *, CL_PRIVATE *, int));
int cl_ssize __P((SCR *, int, size_t *, size_t *, int *));
int cl_putchar __P((int));
int cl_waddstr(SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t);
int cl_addstr(SCR *, const char *, size_t);
int cl_attr(SCR *, scr_attr_t, int);
int cl_baud(SCR *, u_long *);
int cl_bell(SCR *);
int cl_clrtoeol(SCR *);
int cl_cursor(SCR *, size_t *, size_t *);
int cl_deleteln(SCR *);
int cl_discard(SCR *, SCR **);
int cl_ex_adjust(SCR *, exadj_t);
int cl_insertln(SCR *);
int cl_keyval(SCR *, scr_keyval_t, CHAR_T *, int *);
int cl_move(SCR *, size_t, size_t);
int cl_refresh(SCR *, int);
int cl_rename(SCR *, char *, int);
void cl_setname(GS *, char *);
int cl_split(SCR *, SCR *);
int cl_suspend(SCR *, int *);
void cl_usage(void);
int sig_init(GS *, SCR *);
int cl_event(SCR *, EVENT *, u_int32_t, int);
int cl_screen(SCR *, u_int32_t);
int cl_quit(GS *);
int cl_getcap(SCR *, char *, char **);
int cl_term_init(SCR *);
int cl_term_end(GS *);
int cl_fmap(SCR *, seq_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t);
int cl_optchange(SCR *, int, char *, u_long *);
int cl_omesg(SCR *, CL_PRIVATE *, int);
int cl_ssize(SCR *, int, size_t *, size_t *, int *);
int cl_putchar(int);

4
common/common.h
View File

@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
*/
typedef struct _cb CB;
typedef struct _csc CSC;
typedef struct _conv CONV;
typedef struct _conv_win CONVWIN;
typedef struct _conv CONV;
typedef struct _conv_win CONVWIN;
typedef struct _event EVENT;
typedef struct _excmd EXCMD;
typedef struct _exf EXF;

536
common/conv.c
View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifndef lint
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: conv.c,v 2.39 2013/07/01 23:28:13 zy Exp $";
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: conv.c,v 2.40 2014/02/27 16:25:29 zy Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/types.h>
@ -36,35 +36,37 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: conv.c,v 2.39 2013/07/01 23:28:13 zy Exp $";
* codeset --
* Get the locale encoding.
*
* PUBLIC: char * codeset __P((void));
* PUBLIC: char * codeset(void);
*/
char *
codeset(void) {
static char *cs;
codeset(void)
{
static char *cs;
if (cs == NULL)
cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);
return cs;
if (cs == NULL)
cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);
return cs;
}
#ifdef USE_WIDECHAR
static int
raw2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
size_t *tolen, CHAR_T **dst)
raw2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw, size_t *tolen,
CHAR_T **dst)
{
int i;
CHAR_T **tostr = &cw->bp1.wc;
size_t *blen = &cw->blen1;
int i;
CHAR_T **tostr = &cw->bp1.wc;
size_t *blen = &cw->blen1;
BINC_RETW(NULL, *tostr, *blen, len);
BINC_RETW(NULL, *tostr, *blen, len);
*tolen = len;
for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
(*tostr)[i] = (u_char) str[i];
*tolen = len;
for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
(*tostr)[i] = (u_char) str[i];
*dst = cw->bp1.wc;
*dst = cw->bp1.wc;
return 0;
return 0;
}
#define CONV_BUFFER_SIZE 512
@ -73,27 +75,27 @@ raw2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
* len contains the number of bytes put in the buffer
*/
#ifdef USE_ICONV
#define CONVERT(str, left, src, len) \
do { \
size_t outleft; \
char *bp = buffer; \
outleft = CONV_BUFFER_SIZE; \
errno = 0; \
if (iconv(id, (iconv_src_t)&str, &left, &bp, &outleft) == -1 && \
errno != E2BIG) \
goto err; \
if ((len = CONV_BUFFER_SIZE - outleft) == 0) { \
error = -left; \
goto err; \
} \
src = buffer; \
} while (0)
#define CONVERT(str, left, src, len) \
do { \
size_t outleft; \
char *bp = buffer; \
outleft = CONV_BUFFER_SIZE; \
errno = 0; \
if (iconv(id, (iconv_src_t)&str, &left, &bp, &outleft) \
== -1 && errno != E2BIG) \
goto err; \
if ((len = CONV_BUFFER_SIZE - outleft) == 0) { \
error = -left; \
goto err; \
} \
src = buffer; \
} while (0)
#define IC_RESET() \
do { \
if (id != (iconv_t)-1) \
iconv(id, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); \
} while(0)
do { \
if (id != (iconv_t)-1) \
iconv(id, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); \
} while(0)
#else
#define CONVERT(str, left, src, len)
#define IC_RESET()
@ -101,114 +103,116 @@ raw2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
static int
default_char2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
size_t *tolen, CHAR_T **dst, iconv_t id)
size_t *tolen, CHAR_T **dst, iconv_t id)
{
size_t i = 0, j;
CHAR_T **tostr = &cw->bp1.wc;
size_t *blen = &cw->blen1;
mbstate_t mbs;
size_t n;
ssize_t nlen = len;
char *src = (char *)str;
size_t i = 0, j;
CHAR_T **tostr = &cw->bp1.wc;
size_t *blen = &cw->blen1;
mbstate_t mbs;
size_t n;
ssize_t nlen = len;
char *src = (char *)str;
#ifdef USE_ICONV
char buffer[CONV_BUFFER_SIZE];
char buffer[CONV_BUFFER_SIZE];
#endif
size_t left = len;
int error = 1;
size_t left = len;
int error = 1;
BZERO(&mbs, 1);
BINC_RETW(NULL, *tostr, *blen, nlen);
BZERO(&mbs, 1);
BINC_RETW(NULL, *tostr, *blen, nlen);
#ifdef USE_ICONV
if (id != (iconv_t)-1)
CONVERT(str, left, src, len);
if (id != (iconv_t)-1)
CONVERT(str, left, src, len);
#endif
for (i = 0, j = 0; j < len; ) {
n = mbrtowc((*tostr)+i, src+j, len-j, &mbs);
/* NULL character converted */
if (n == -2) error = -(len-j);
if (n == -1 || n == -2) goto err;
if (n == 0) n = 1;
j += n;
if (++i >= *blen) {
nlen += 256;
BINC_RETW(NULL, *tostr, *blen, nlen);
for (i = 0, j = 0; j < len; ) {
n = mbrtowc((*tostr)+i, src+j, len-j, &mbs);
/* NULL character converted */
if (n == -2)
error = -(len-j);
if (n == -1 || n == -2)
goto err;
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
j += n;
if (++i >= *blen) {
nlen += 256;
BINC_RETW(NULL, *tostr, *blen, nlen);
}
if (id != (iconv_t)-1 && j == len && left) {
CONVERT(str, left, src, len);
j = 0;
}
}
if (id != (iconv_t)-1 && j == len && left) {
CONVERT(str, left, src, len);
j = 0;
}
}
error = 0;
error = 0;
err:
*tolen = i;
*dst = cw->bp1.wc;
IC_RESET();
*tolen = i;
*dst = cw->bp1.wc;
IC_RESET();
return error;
return error;
}
static int
fe_char2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
size_t *tolen, CHAR_T **dst)
fe_char2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw, size_t *tolen,
CHAR_T **dst)
{
return default_char2int(sp, str, len, cw, tolen, dst,
sp->conv.id[IC_FE_CHAR2INT]);
return default_char2int(sp, str, len, cw, tolen, dst,
sp->conv.id[IC_FE_CHAR2INT]);
}
static int
ie_char2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
size_t *tolen, CHAR_T **dst)
ie_char2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw, size_t *tolen,
CHAR_T **dst)
{
return default_char2int(sp, str, len, cw, tolen, dst,
sp->conv.id[IC_IE_CHAR2INT]);
return default_char2int(sp, str, len, cw, tolen, dst,
sp->conv.id[IC_IE_CHAR2INT]);
}
static int
cs_char2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
size_t *tolen, CHAR_T **dst)
cs_char2int(SCR *sp, const char * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw, size_t *tolen,
CHAR_T **dst)
{
return default_char2int(sp, str, len, cw, tolen, dst,
(iconv_t)-1);
return default_char2int(sp, str, len, cw, tolen, dst, (iconv_t)-1);
}
static int
int2raw(SCR *sp, const CHAR_T * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
size_t *tolen, char **dst)
int2raw(SCR *sp, const CHAR_T * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw, size_t *tolen,
char **dst)
{
int i;
char **tostr = &cw->bp1.c;
size_t *blen = &cw->blen1;
int i;
char **tostr = &cw->bp1.c;
size_t *blen = &cw->blen1;
BINC_RETC(NULL, *tostr, *blen, len);
BINC_RETC(NULL, *tostr, *blen, len);
*tolen = len;
for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
(*tostr)[i] = str[i];
*tolen = len;
for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
(*tostr)[i] = str[i];
*dst = cw->bp1.c;
*dst = cw->bp1.c;
return 0;
return 0;
}
static int
default_int2char(SCR *sp, const CHAR_T * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
size_t *tolen, char **pdst, iconv_t id)
size_t *tolen, char **pdst, iconv_t id)
{
size_t i, j, offset = 0;
char **tostr = &cw->bp1.c;
size_t *blen = &cw->blen1;
mbstate_t mbs;
size_t n;
ssize_t nlen = len + MB_CUR_MAX;
char *dst;
size_t buflen;
size_t i, j, offset = 0;
char **tostr = &cw->bp1.c;
size_t *blen = &cw->blen1;
mbstate_t mbs;
size_t n;
ssize_t nlen = len + MB_CUR_MAX;
char *dst;
size_t buflen;
#ifdef USE_ICONV
char buffer[CONV_BUFFER_SIZE];
char buffer[CONV_BUFFER_SIZE];
#endif
int error = 1;
int error = 1;
/* convert first len bytes of buffer and append it to cw->bp
* len is adjusted => 0
@ -217,87 +221,90 @@ default_int2char(SCR *sp, const CHAR_T * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
*/
#ifdef USE_ICONV
#define CONVERT2(_buffer, lenp, cw, offset) \
do { \
char *bp = _buffer; \
int ret; \
do { \
size_t outleft = cw->blen1 - offset; \
char *obp = cw->bp1.c + offset; \
if (cw->blen1 < offset + MB_CUR_MAX) { \
nlen += 256; \
BINC_RETC(NULL, cw->bp1.c, cw->blen1, nlen); \
} \
errno = 0; \
ret = iconv(id, (iconv_src_t)&bp, lenp, &obp, &outleft); \
if (ret == -1 && errno != E2BIG) \
goto err; \
offset = cw->blen1 - outleft; \
} while (ret != 0); \
} while (0)
char *bp = _buffer; \
int ret; \
do { \
size_t outleft = cw->blen1 - offset; \
char *obp = cw->bp1.c + offset; \
if (cw->blen1 < offset + MB_CUR_MAX) { \
nlen += 256; \
BINC_RETC(NULL, cw->bp1.c, cw->blen1, \
nlen); \
} \
errno = 0; \
ret = iconv(id, (iconv_src_t)&bp, lenp, &obp, \
&outleft); \
if (ret == -1 && errno != E2BIG) \
goto err; \
offset = cw->blen1 - outleft; \
} while (ret != 0); \
} while (0)
#else
#define CONVERT2(_buffer, lenp, cw, offset)
#endif
BZERO(&mbs, 1);
BINC_RETC(NULL, *tostr, *blen, nlen);
dst = *tostr; buflen = *blen;
BZERO(&mbs, 1);
BINC_RETC(NULL, *tostr, *blen, nlen);
dst = *tostr; buflen = *blen;
#ifdef USE_ICONV
if (id != (iconv_t)-1) {
dst = buffer; buflen = CONV_BUFFER_SIZE;
}
if (id != (iconv_t)-1) {
dst = buffer; buflen = CONV_BUFFER_SIZE;
}
#endif
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len; ++i) {
n = wcrtomb(dst+j, str[i], &mbs);
if (n == -1) goto err;
j += n;
if (buflen < j + MB_CUR_MAX) {
if (id != (iconv_t)-1) {
CONVERT2(buffer, &j, cw, offset);
} else {
nlen += 256;
BINC_RETC(NULL, *tostr, *blen, nlen);
dst = *tostr; buflen = *blen;
}
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len; ++i) {
n = wcrtomb(dst+j, str[i], &mbs);
if (n == -1)
goto err;
j += n;
if (buflen < j + MB_CUR_MAX) {
if (id != (iconv_t)-1) {
CONVERT2(buffer, &j, cw, offset);
} else {
nlen += 256;
BINC_RETC(NULL, *tostr, *blen, nlen);
dst = *tostr; buflen = *blen;
}
}
}
}
n = wcrtomb(dst+j, L'\0', &mbs);
j += n - 1; /* don't count NUL at the end */
*tolen = j;
if (id != (iconv_t)-1) {
CONVERT2(buffer, &j, cw, offset);
CONVERT2(NULL, NULL, cw, offset); /* back to the initial state */
*tolen = offset;
}
error = 0;
err:
if (error)
n = wcrtomb(dst+j, L'\0', &mbs);
j += n - 1; /* don't count NUL at the end */
*tolen = j;
*pdst = cw->bp1.c;
IC_RESET();
return error;
if (id != (iconv_t)-1) {
CONVERT2(buffer, &j, cw, offset);
/* back to the initial state */
CONVERT2(NULL, NULL, cw, offset);
*tolen = offset;
}
error = 0;
err:
if (error)
*tolen = j;
*pdst = cw->bp1.c;
IC_RESET();
return error;
}
static int
fe_int2char(SCR *sp, const CHAR_T * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
size_t *tolen, char **dst)
size_t *tolen, char **dst)
{
return default_int2char(sp, str, len, cw, tolen, dst,
sp->conv.id[IC_FE_INT2CHAR]);
return default_int2char(sp, str, len, cw, tolen, dst,
sp->conv.id[IC_FE_INT2CHAR]);
}
static int
cs_int2char(SCR *sp, const CHAR_T * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
size_t *tolen, char **dst)
size_t *tolen, char **dst)
{
return default_int2char(sp, str, len, cw, tolen, dst,
(iconv_t)-1);
return default_int2char(sp, str, len, cw, tolen, dst, (iconv_t)-1);
}
#endif
@ -306,58 +313,58 @@ cs_int2char(SCR *sp, const CHAR_T * str, ssize_t len, CONVWIN *cw,
* conv_init --
* Initialize the iconv environment.
*
* PUBLIC: void conv_init __P((SCR *, SCR *));
* PUBLIC: void conv_init(SCR *, SCR *);
*/
void
conv_init(SCR *orig, SCR *sp)
{
int i;
int i;
if (orig == NULL)
setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
if (orig != NULL)
BCOPY(&orig->conv, &sp->conv, 1);
if (orig == NULL)
setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
if (orig != NULL)
BCOPY(&orig->conv, &sp->conv, 1);
#ifdef USE_WIDECHAR
else {
char *ctype = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL);
else {
char *ctype = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL);
/*
* XXX
* This hack fixes the libncursesw issue on FreeBSD.
*/
if (!strcmp(ctype, "ko_KR.CP949"))
setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "ko_KR.eucKR");
else if (!strcmp(ctype, "zh_CN.GB2312"))
setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "zh_CN.eucCN");
else if (!strcmp(ctype, "zh_CN.GBK"))
setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "zh_CN.GB18030");
/*
* XXX
* This hack fixes the libncursesw issue on FreeBSD.
*/
if (!strcmp(ctype, "ko_KR.CP949"))
setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "ko_KR.eucKR");
else if (!strcmp(ctype, "zh_CN.GB2312"))
setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "zh_CN.eucCN");
else if (!strcmp(ctype, "zh_CN.GBK"))
setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "zh_CN.GB18030");
/*
* Switch to 8bit mode if locale is C;
* LC_CTYPE should be reseted to C if unmatched.
*/
if (!strcmp(ctype, "C") || !strcmp(ctype, "POSIX")) {
sp->conv.sys2int = sp->conv.file2int = raw2int;
sp->conv.int2sys = sp->conv.int2file = int2raw;
sp->conv.input2int = raw2int;
} else {
sp->conv.sys2int = cs_char2int;
sp->conv.int2sys = cs_int2char;
sp->conv.file2int = fe_char2int;
sp->conv.int2file = fe_int2char;
sp->conv.input2int = ie_char2int;
/*
* Switch to 8bit mode if locale is C;
* LC_CTYPE should be reseted to C if unmatched.
*/
if (!strcmp(ctype, "C") || !strcmp(ctype, "POSIX")) {
sp->conv.sys2int = sp->conv.file2int = raw2int;
sp->conv.int2sys = sp->conv.int2file = int2raw;
sp->conv.input2int = raw2int;
} else {
sp->conv.sys2int = cs_char2int;
sp->conv.int2sys = cs_int2char;
sp->conv.file2int = fe_char2int;
sp->conv.int2file = fe_int2char;
sp->conv.input2int = ie_char2int;
}
#ifdef USE_ICONV
o_set(sp, O_INPUTENCODING, OS_STRDUP, codeset(), 0);
#endif
}
#ifdef USE_ICONV
o_set(sp, O_INPUTENCODING, OS_STRDUP, codeset(), 0);
#endif
}
#endif
/* iconv descriptors must be distinct to screens. */
for (i = 0; i <= IC_IE_TO_UTF16; ++i)
sp->conv.id[i] = (iconv_t)-1;
/* iconv descriptors must be distinct to screens. */
for (i = 0; i <= IC_IE_TO_UTF16; ++i)
sp->conv.id[i] = (iconv_t)-1;
#ifdef USE_ICONV
conv_enc(sp, O_INPUTENCODING, 0);
conv_enc(sp, O_INPUTENCODING, 0);
#endif
}
@ -365,82 +372,99 @@ conv_init(SCR *orig, SCR *sp)
* conv_enc --
* Convert file/input encoding.
*
* PUBLIC: int conv_enc __P((SCR *, int, char *));
* PUBLIC: int conv_enc(SCR *, int, char *);
*/
int
conv_enc(SCR *sp, int option, char *enc)
{
#if defined(USE_WIDECHAR) && defined(USE_ICONV)
iconv_t *c2w, *w2c;
iconv_t *c2w, *w2c;
iconv_t id_c2w, id_w2c;
switch (option) {
case O_FILEENCODING:
c2w = sp->conv.id + IC_FE_CHAR2INT;
w2c = sp->conv.id + IC_FE_INT2CHAR;
if (!enc)
enc = O_STR(sp, O_FILEENCODING);
if (strcasecmp(codeset(), enc)) {
if ((id_c2w = iconv_open(codeset(), enc)) ==
(iconv_t)-1)
goto err;
if ((id_w2c = iconv_open(enc, codeset())) ==
(iconv_t)-1)
goto err;
} else {
id_c2w = (iconv_t)-1;
id_w2c = (iconv_t)-1;
}
break;
case O_INPUTENCODING:
c2w = sp->conv.id + IC_IE_CHAR2INT;
w2c = sp->conv.id + IC_IE_TO_UTF16;
if (!enc)
enc = O_STR(sp, O_INPUTENCODING);
if (strcasecmp(codeset(), enc)) {
if ((id_c2w = iconv_open(codeset(), enc)) ==
(iconv_t)-1)
goto err;
} else
id_c2w = (iconv_t)-1;
/* UTF-16 can not be locale and can not be inputed. */
if ((id_w2c = iconv_open("utf-16be", enc)) == (iconv_t)-1)
goto err;
break;
default:
abort();
}
switch (option) {
case O_FILEENCODING:
c2w = sp->conv.id + IC_FE_CHAR2INT;
w2c = sp->conv.id + IC_FE_INT2CHAR;
if (!enc) enc = O_STR(sp, O_FILEENCODING);
if (*c2w != (iconv_t)-1)
iconv_close(*c2w);
iconv_close(*c2w);
if (*w2c != (iconv_t)-1)
iconv_close(*w2c);
if (strcasecmp(codeset(), enc)) {
if ((*c2w = iconv_open(codeset(), enc)) == (iconv_t)-1)
goto err;
if ((*w2c = iconv_open(enc, codeset())) == (iconv_t)-1)
goto err;
} else *c2w = *w2c = (iconv_t)-1;
break;
case O_INPUTENCODING:
c2w = sp->conv.id + IC_IE_CHAR2INT;
w2c = sp->conv.id + IC_IE_TO_UTF16;
if (!enc) enc = O_STR(sp, O_INPUTENCODING);
if (*c2w != (iconv_t)-1)
iconv_close(*c2w);
if (*w2c != (iconv_t)-1)
iconv_close(*w2c);
if (strcasecmp(codeset(), enc)) {
if ((*c2w = iconv_open(codeset(), enc)) == (iconv_t)-1)
goto err;
} else *c2w = (iconv_t)-1;
/* UTF-16 can not be locale and can not be inputed. */
if ((*w2c = iconv_open("utf-16be", enc)) == (iconv_t)-1)
goto err;
break;
}
iconv_close(*w2c);
F_CLR(sp, SC_CONV_ERROR);
F_SET(sp, SC_SCR_REFORMAT);
*c2w = id_c2w;
*w2c = id_w2c;
return 0;
F_CLR(sp, SC_CONV_ERROR);
F_SET(sp, SC_SCR_REFORMAT);
return 0;
err:
#endif
switch (option) {
case O_FILEENCODING:
msgq(sp, M_ERR,
"321|File encoding conversion not supported");
break;
case O_INPUTENCODING:
msgq(sp, M_ERR,
"322|Input encoding conversion not supported");
break;
}
return 1;
switch (option) {
case O_FILEENCODING:
msgq(sp, M_ERR, "321|File encoding conversion not supported");
break;
case O_INPUTENCODING:
msgq(sp, M_ERR, "322|Input encoding conversion not supported");
break;
}
return 1;
}
/*
* conv_end --
* Close the iconv descriptors, release the buffer.
*
* PUBLIC: void conv_end __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: void conv_end(SCR *);
*/
void
conv_end(SCR *sp)
{
#if defined(USE_WIDECHAR) && defined(USE_ICONV)
int i;
for (i = 0; i <= IC_IE_TO_UTF16; ++i)
if (sp->conv.id[i] != (iconv_t)-1)
iconv_close(sp->conv.id[i]);
int i;
for (i = 0; i <= IC_IE_TO_UTF16; ++i)
if (sp->conv.id[i] != (iconv_t)-1)
iconv_close(sp->conv.id[i]);
if (sp->cw.bp1.c != NULL)
free(sp->cw.bp1.c);
free(sp->cw.bp1.c);
#endif
}

14
common/cut.c
View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: cut.c,v 10.12 2012/02/11 15:52:33 zy Exp $";
#include "common.h"
static void cb_rotate __P((SCR *));
static void cb_rotate(SCR *);
/*
* cut --
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ static void cb_rotate __P((SCR *));
* replacing the contents. Hopefully it's not worth getting right, and here
* we just treat the numeric buffers like any other named buffer.
*
* PUBLIC: int cut __P((SCR *, CHAR_T *, MARK *, MARK *, int));
* PUBLIC: int cut(SCR *, CHAR_T *, MARK *, MARK *, int);
*/
int
cut(
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ cb_rotate(SCR *sp)
* cut_line --
* Cut a portion of a single line.
*
* PUBLIC: int cut_line __P((SCR *, recno_t, size_t, size_t, CB *));
* PUBLIC: int cut_line(SCR *, recno_t, size_t, size_t, CB *);
*/
int
cut_line(
@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ cut_line(
* cut_close --
* Discard all cut buffers.
*
* PUBLIC: void cut_close __P((GS *));
* PUBLIC: void cut_close(GS *);
*/
void
cut_close(GS *gp)
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ cut_close(GS *gp)
* text_init --
* Allocate a new TEXT structure.
*
* PUBLIC: TEXT *text_init __P((SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t, size_t));
* PUBLIC: TEXT *text_init(SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t, size_t);
*/
TEXT *
text_init(
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ text_init(
* text_lfree --
* Free a chain of text structures.
*
* PUBLIC: void text_lfree __P((TEXTH *));
* PUBLIC: void text_lfree(TEXTH *);
*/
void
text_lfree(TEXTH *headp)
@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ text_lfree(TEXTH *headp)
* text_free --
* Free a text structure.
*
* PUBLIC: void text_free __P((TEXT *));
* PUBLIC: void text_free(TEXT *);
*/
void
text_free(TEXT *tp)

2
common/delete.c
View File

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: delete.c,v 10.18 2012/02/11 15:52:33 zy Exp $
* del --
* Delete a range of text.
*
* PUBLIC: int del __P((SCR *, MARK *, MARK *, int));
* PUBLIC: int del(SCR *, MARK *, MARK *, int);
*/
int
del(

26
common/encoding.c
View File

@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: encoding.c,v 1.4 2011/12/13 19:40:52 zy Exp $
#include <sys/types.h>
int looks_utf8 __P((const char *, size_t));
int looks_utf16 __P((const char *, size_t));
int decode_utf8 __P((const char *));
int decode_utf16 __P((const char *, int));
int looks_utf8(const char *, size_t);
int looks_utf16(const char *, size_t);
int decode_utf8(const char *);
int decode_utf16(const char *, int);
#define F 0 /* character never appears in text */
#define T 1 /* character appears in plain ASCII text */
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ static char text_chars[256] = {
*
* Based on RFC 3629. UTF-8 with BOM is not accepted.
*
* PUBLIC: int looks_utf8 __P((const char *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int looks_utf8(const char *, size_t);
*/
int
looks_utf8(const char *ibuf, size_t nbytes)
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ looks_utf8(const char *ibuf, size_t nbytes)
* 1: Little-endian UTF-16
* 2: Big-endian UTF-16
*
* PUBLIC: int looks_utf16 __P((const char *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int looks_utf16(const char *, size_t);
*/
int
looks_utf16(const char *ibuf, size_t nbytes)
@ -175,9 +175,11 @@ looks_utf16(const char *ibuf, size_t nbytes)
*
* Based on RFC 3629, but without error detection.
*
* PUBLIC: int decode_utf8 __P((const char *));
* PUBLIC: int decode_utf8(const char *);
*/
int decode_utf8(const char *ibuf) {
int
decode_utf8(const char *ibuf)
{
const u_char *buf = (u_char *)ibuf;
int u = -1;
@ -194,6 +196,7 @@ int decode_utf8(const char *ibuf) {
u = (buf[0] ^ 0xF0) << 18 ^ (buf[1] ^ 0x80) << 12
^ (buf[2] ^ 0x80) << 6 ^ (buf[3] ^ 0x80);
}
return u;
}
@ -204,9 +207,11 @@ int decode_utf8(const char *ibuf) {
*
* No error detection on supplementary bytes.
*
* PUBLIC: int decode_utf16 __P((const char *, int));
* PUBLIC: int decode_utf16(const char *, int);
*/
int decode_utf16(const char* ibuf, int bigend) {
int
decode_utf16(const char* ibuf, int bigend)
{
const u_char *buf = (u_char *)ibuf;
int u = -1;
unsigned int w1, w2;
@ -226,5 +231,6 @@ int decode_utf16(const char* ibuf, int bigend) {
w2 = buf[2] ^ buf[3] << 8;
u = ((w1 ^ 0xD800) << 10 ^ (w2 ^ 0xDC00)) + 0x10000;
}
return u;
}

41
common/exf.c
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifndef lint
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: exf.c,v 10.62 2013/07/01 23:28:13 zy Exp $";
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: exf.c,v 10.64 2015/04/05 15:21:55 zy Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/types.h>
@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: exf.c,v 10.62 2013/07/01 23:28:13 zy Exp $";
#include "common.h"
static int file_backup __P((SCR *, char *, char *));
static void file_cinit __P((SCR *));
static void file_encinit __P((SCR *));
static void file_comment __P((SCR *));
static int file_spath __P((SCR *, FREF *, struct stat *, int *));
static int file_backup(SCR *, char *, char *);
static void file_cinit(SCR *);
static void file_encinit(SCR *);
static void file_comment(SCR *);
static int file_spath(SCR *, FREF *, struct stat *, int *);
/*
* file_add --
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static int file_spath __P((SCR *, FREF *, struct stat *, int *));
* vi now remembers the last location in any file that it has ever edited,
* not just the previously edited file.
*
* PUBLIC: FREF *file_add __P((SCR *, char *));
* PUBLIC: FREF *file_add(SCR *, char *);
*/
FREF *
file_add(
@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ file_add(
* let go of any previous file. Don't release the previous file until
* absolutely sure we have the new one.
*
* PUBLIC: int file_init __P((SCR *, FREF *, char *, int));
* PUBLIC: int file_init(SCR *, FREF *, char *, int);
*/
int
file_init(
@ -259,6 +259,8 @@ file_init(
DB_RECNO, &oinfo)) == NULL) {
msgq_str(sp,
M_SYSERR, rcv_name == NULL ? oname : rcv_name, "%s");
if (F_ISSET(frp, FR_NEWFILE))
goto err;
/*
* !!!
* Historically, vi permitted users to edit files that couldn't
@ -340,6 +342,8 @@ file_init(
break;
case LOCK_UNAVAIL:
readonly = 1;
if (F_ISSET(sp, SC_READONLY))
break;
msgq_str(sp, M_INFO, oname,
"239|%s already locked, session is read-only");
break;
@ -625,7 +629,7 @@ file_cinit(SCR *sp)
* file_end --
* Stop editing a file.
*
* PUBLIC: int file_end __P((SCR *, EXF *, int));
* PUBLIC: int file_end(SCR *, EXF *, int);
*/
int
file_end(
@ -737,7 +741,7 @@ file_end(
* semantics for whether or not writes would happen. That's
* why all the flags.
*
* PUBLIC: int file_write __P((SCR *, MARK *, MARK *, char *, int));
* PUBLIC: int file_write(SCR *, MARK *, MARK *, char *, int);
*/
int
file_write(
@ -841,7 +845,6 @@ file_write(
return (1);
/* Open the file. */
SIGBLOCK;
if ((fd = open(name, oflags,
S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IROTH | S_IWOTH)) < 0) {
if (errno == EACCES && LF_ISSET(FS_FORCE)) {
@ -873,11 +876,9 @@ file_write(
errno = EACCES;
}
msgq_str(sp, M_SYSERR, name, "%s");
SIGUNBLOCK;
return (1);
}
success_open:
SIGUNBLOCK;
/* Try and get a lock. */
if (!noname && file_lock(sp, NULL, fd, 0) == LOCK_UNAVAIL)
@ -1246,7 +1247,7 @@ file_encinit(SCR *sp)
if (looks_utf8(buf, blen) > 1)
o_set(sp, O_FILEENCODING, OS_STRDUP, "utf-8", 0);
else if (!O_ISSET(sp, O_FILEENCODING) ||
!strncasecmp(O_STR(sp, O_FILEENCODING), "utf-8", 5))
!strcasecmp(O_STR(sp, O_FILEENCODING), "utf-8"))
o_set(sp, O_FILEENCODING, OS_STRDUP, codeset(), 0);
conv_enc(sp, O_FILEENCODING, 0);
@ -1302,7 +1303,7 @@ file_comment(SCR *sp)
* First modification check routine. The :next, :prev, :rewind, :tag,
* :tagpush, :tagpop, ^^ modifications check.
*
* PUBLIC: int file_m1 __P((SCR *, int, int));
* PUBLIC: int file_m1(SCR *, int, int);
*/
int
file_m1(
@ -1343,7 +1344,7 @@ file_m1(
* Second modification check routine. The :edit, :quit, :recover
* modifications check.
*
* PUBLIC: int file_m2 __P((SCR *, int));
* PUBLIC: int file_m2(SCR *, int);
*/
int
file_m2(
@ -1375,7 +1376,7 @@ file_m2(
* file_m3 --
* Third modification check routine.
*
* PUBLIC: int file_m3 __P((SCR *, int));
* PUBLIC: int file_m3(SCR *, int);
*/
int
file_m3(
@ -1411,7 +1412,7 @@ file_m3(
* is not set, write the file. A routine so there's a place to put the
* comment.
*
* PUBLIC: int file_aw __P((SCR *, int));
* PUBLIC: int file_aw(SCR *, int);
*/
int
file_aw(
@ -1472,7 +1473,7 @@ file_aw(
* If the user edits a temporary file, there may be times when there is no
* alternative file name. A name argument of NULL turns it off.
*
* PUBLIC: void set_alt_name __P((SCR *, char *));
* PUBLIC: void set_alt_name(SCR *, char *);
*/
void
set_alt_name(
@ -1491,7 +1492,7 @@ set_alt_name(
* file_lock --
* Get an exclusive lock on a file.
*
* PUBLIC: lockr_t file_lock __P((SCR *, char *, int, int));
* PUBLIC: lockr_t file_lock(SCR *, char *, int, int);
*/
lockr_t
file_lock(

262
common/extern.h
View File

@ -1,132 +1,132 @@
char * codeset __P((void));
void conv_init __P((SCR *, SCR *));
int conv_enc __P((SCR *, int, char *));
void conv_end __P((SCR *));
int cut __P((SCR *, CHAR_T *, MARK *, MARK *, int));
int cut_line __P((SCR *, recno_t, size_t, size_t, CB *));
void cut_close __P((GS *));
TEXT *text_init __P((SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t, size_t));
void text_lfree __P((TEXTH *));
void text_free __P((TEXT *));
int del __P((SCR *, MARK *, MARK *, int));
int looks_utf8 __P((const char *, size_t));
int looks_utf16 __P((const char *, size_t));
int decode_utf8 __P((const char *));
int decode_utf16 __P((const char *, int));
FREF *file_add __P((SCR *, char *));
int file_init __P((SCR *, FREF *, char *, int));
int file_end __P((SCR *, EXF *, int));
int file_write __P((SCR *, MARK *, MARK *, char *, int));
int file_m1 __P((SCR *, int, int));
int file_m2 __P((SCR *, int));
int file_m3 __P((SCR *, int));
int file_aw __P((SCR *, int));
void set_alt_name __P((SCR *, char *));
lockr_t file_lock __P((SCR *, char *, int, int));
int v_key_init __P((SCR *));
void v_key_ilookup __P((SCR *));
size_t v_key_len __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T));
char *v_key_name __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T));
e_key_t v_key_val __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T));
int v_event_push __P((SCR *, EVENT *, CHAR_T *, size_t, u_int));
int v_event_get __P((SCR *, EVENT *, int, u_int32_t));
void v_event_err __P((SCR *, EVENT *));
int v_event_flush __P((SCR *, u_int));
int db_eget __P((SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T **, size_t *, int *));
int db_get __P((SCR *, recno_t, u_int32_t, CHAR_T **, size_t *));
int db_delete __P((SCR *, recno_t));
int db_append __P((SCR *, int, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t));
int db_insert __P((SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t));
int db_set __P((SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t));
int db_exist __P((SCR *, recno_t));
int db_last __P((SCR *, recno_t *));
int db_rget __P((SCR *, recno_t, char **, size_t *));
int db_rset __P((SCR *, recno_t, char *, size_t));
void db_err __P((SCR *, recno_t));
int log_init __P((SCR *, EXF *));
int log_end __P((SCR *, EXF *));
int log_cursor __P((SCR *));
int log_line __P((SCR *, recno_t, u_int));
int log_mark __P((SCR *, LMARK *));
int log_backward __P((SCR *, MARK *));
int log_setline __P((SCR *));
int log_forward __P((SCR *, MARK *));
int editor __P((GS *, int, char *[]));
void v_end __P((GS *));
int mark_init __P((SCR *, EXF *));
int mark_end __P((SCR *, EXF *));
int mark_get __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T, MARK *, mtype_t));
int mark_set __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T, MARK *, int));
int mark_insdel __P((SCR *, lnop_t, recno_t));
void msgq __P((SCR *, mtype_t, const char *, ...));
void msgq_wstr __P((SCR *, mtype_t, const CHAR_T *, const char *));
void msgq_str __P((SCR *, mtype_t, const char *, const char *));
void mod_rpt __P((SCR *));
void msgq_status __P((SCR *, recno_t, u_int));
int msg_open __P((SCR *, char *));
void msg_close __P((GS *));
const char *msg_cmsg __P((SCR *, cmsg_t, size_t *));
const char *msg_cat __P((SCR *, const char *, size_t *));
char *msg_print __P((SCR *, const char *, int *));
int opts_init __P((SCR *, int *));
int opts_set __P((SCR *, ARGS *[], char *));
int o_set __P((SCR *, int, u_int, char *, u_long));
int opts_empty __P((SCR *, int, int));
void opts_dump __P((SCR *, enum optdisp));
int opts_save __P((SCR *, FILE *));
OPTLIST const *opts_search __P((CHAR_T *));
void opts_nomatch __P((SCR *, CHAR_T *));
int opts_copy __P((SCR *, SCR *));
void opts_free __P((SCR *));
int f_altwerase __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_columns __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_lines __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_lisp __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_msgcat __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_print __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_readonly __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_recompile __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_reformat __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_ttywerase __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_w300 __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_w1200 __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_w9600 __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_window __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int f_encoding __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int put __P((SCR *, CB *, CHAR_T *, MARK *, MARK *, int));
int rcv_tmp __P((SCR *, EXF *, char *));
int rcv_init __P((SCR *));
int rcv_sync __P((SCR *, u_int));
int rcv_list __P((SCR *));
int rcv_read __P((SCR *, FREF *));
int screen_init __P((GS *, SCR *, SCR **));
int screen_end __P((SCR *));
SCR *screen_next __P((SCR *));
int f_search __P((SCR *,
MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int));
int b_search __P((SCR *,
MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int));
void search_busy __P((SCR *, busy_t));
int seq_set __P((SCR *, CHAR_T *,
size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t, int));
int seq_delete __P((SCR *, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t));
int seq_free __P((SEQ *));
char * codeset(void);
void conv_init(SCR *, SCR *);
int conv_enc(SCR *, int, char *);
void conv_end(SCR *);
int cut(SCR *, CHAR_T *, MARK *, MARK *, int);
int cut_line(SCR *, recno_t, size_t, size_t, CB *);
void cut_close(GS *);
TEXT *text_init(SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t, size_t);
void text_lfree(TEXTH *);
void text_free(TEXT *);
int del(SCR *, MARK *, MARK *, int);
int looks_utf8(const char *, size_t);
int looks_utf16(const char *, size_t);
int decode_utf8(const char *);
int decode_utf16(const char *, int);
FREF *file_add(SCR *, char *);
int file_init(SCR *, FREF *, char *, int);
int file_end(SCR *, EXF *, int);
int file_write(SCR *, MARK *, MARK *, char *, int);
int file_m1(SCR *, int, int);
int file_m2(SCR *, int);
int file_m3(SCR *, int);
int file_aw(SCR *, int);
void set_alt_name(SCR *, char *);
lockr_t file_lock(SCR *, char *, int, int);
int v_key_init(SCR *);
void v_key_ilookup(SCR *);
size_t v_key_len(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T);
char *v_key_name(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T);
e_key_t v_key_val(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T);
int v_event_push(SCR *, EVENT *, CHAR_T *, size_t, u_int);
int v_event_get(SCR *, EVENT *, int, u_int32_t);
void v_event_err(SCR *, EVENT *);
int v_event_flush(SCR *, u_int);
int db_eget(SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T **, size_t *, int *);
int db_get(SCR *, recno_t, u_int32_t, CHAR_T **, size_t *);
int db_delete(SCR *, recno_t);
int db_append(SCR *, int, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t);
int db_insert(SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t);
int db_set(SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t);
int db_exist(SCR *, recno_t);
int db_last(SCR *, recno_t *);
int db_rget(SCR *, recno_t, char **, size_t *);
int db_rset(SCR *, recno_t, char *, size_t);
void db_err(SCR *, recno_t);
int log_init(SCR *, EXF *);
int log_end(SCR *, EXF *);
int log_cursor(SCR *);
int log_line(SCR *, recno_t, u_int);
int log_mark(SCR *, LMARK *);
int log_backward(SCR *, MARK *);
int log_setline(SCR *);
int log_forward(SCR *, MARK *);
int editor(GS *, int, char *[]);
void v_end(GS *);
int mark_init(SCR *, EXF *);
int mark_end(SCR *, EXF *);
int mark_get(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T, MARK *, mtype_t);
int mark_set(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T, MARK *, int);
int mark_insdel(SCR *, lnop_t, recno_t);
void msgq(SCR *, mtype_t, const char *, ...);
void msgq_wstr(SCR *, mtype_t, const CHAR_T *, const char *);
void msgq_str(SCR *, mtype_t, const char *, const char *);
void mod_rpt(SCR *);
void msgq_status(SCR *, recno_t, u_int);
int msg_open(SCR *, char *);
void msg_close(GS *);
const char *msg_cmsg(SCR *, cmsg_t, size_t *);
const char *msg_cat(SCR *, const char *, size_t *);
char *msg_print(SCR *, const char *, int *);
int opts_init(SCR *, int *);
int opts_set(SCR *, ARGS *[], char *);
int o_set(SCR *, int, u_int, char *, u_long);
int opts_empty(SCR *, int, int);
void opts_dump(SCR *, enum optdisp);
int opts_save(SCR *, FILE *);
OPTLIST const *opts_search(CHAR_T *);
void opts_nomatch(SCR *, CHAR_T *);
int opts_copy(SCR *, SCR *);
void opts_free(SCR *);
int f_altwerase(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_columns(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_lines(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_lisp(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_msgcat(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_print(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_readonly(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_recompile(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_reformat(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_ttywerase(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_w300(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_w1200(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_w9600(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_window(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int f_encoding(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
int put(SCR *, CB *, CHAR_T *, MARK *, MARK *, int);
int rcv_tmp(SCR *, EXF *, char *);
int rcv_init(SCR *);
int rcv_sync(SCR *, u_int);
int rcv_list(SCR *);
int rcv_read(SCR *, FREF *);
int screen_init(GS *, SCR *, SCR **);
int screen_end(SCR *);
SCR *screen_next(SCR *);
int f_search(SCR *,
MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int);
int b_search(SCR *,
MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int);
void search_busy(SCR *, busy_t);
int seq_set(SCR *, CHAR_T *,
size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t, int);
int seq_delete(SCR *, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t);
int seq_free(SEQ *);
SEQ *seq_find
__P((SCR *, SEQ **, EVENT *, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t, int *));
void seq_close __P((GS *));
int seq_dump __P((SCR *, seq_t, int));
int seq_save __P((SCR *, FILE *, char *, seq_t));
int e_memcmp __P((CHAR_T *, EVENT *, size_t));
void *binc __P((SCR *, void *, size_t *, size_t));
int nonblank __P((SCR *, recno_t, size_t *));
char *tail __P((char *));
char *join __P((char *, char *));
char *expanduser __P((char *));
char *quote __P((char *));
char *v_strdup __P((SCR *, const char *, size_t));
CHAR_T *v_wstrdup __P((SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t));
enum nresult nget_uslong __P((u_long *, const CHAR_T *, CHAR_T **, int));
enum nresult nget_slong __P((long *, const CHAR_T *, CHAR_T **, int));
void timepoint_steady __P((struct timespec *));
void timepoint_system __P((struct timespec *));
void TRACE __P((SCR *, const char *, ...));
(SCR *, SEQ **, EVENT *, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t, int *);
void seq_close(GS *);
int seq_dump(SCR *, seq_t, int);
int seq_save(SCR *, FILE *, char *, seq_t);
int e_memcmp(CHAR_T *, EVENT *, size_t);
void *binc(SCR *, void *, size_t *, size_t);
int nonblank(SCR *, recno_t, size_t *);
char *tail(char *);
char *join(char *, char *);
char *expanduser(char *);
char *quote(char *);
char *v_strdup(SCR *, const char *, size_t);
CHAR_T *v_wstrdup(SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t);
enum nresult nget_uslong(u_long *, const CHAR_T *, CHAR_T **, int);
enum nresult nget_slong(long *, const CHAR_T *, CHAR_T **, int);
void timepoint_steady(struct timespec *);
void timepoint_system(struct timespec *);
void TRACE(SCR *, const char *, ...);

70
common/gs.h
View File

@ -144,73 +144,55 @@ struct _gs {
/* Screen interface functions. */
/* Add a string to the screen. */
int (*scr_addstr) __P((SCR *, const char *, size_t));
int (*scr_addstr)(SCR *, const char *, size_t);
/* Add a string to the screen. */
int (*scr_waddstr) __P((SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t));
int (*scr_waddstr)(SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t);
/* Toggle a screen attribute. */
int (*scr_attr) __P((SCR *, scr_attr_t, int));
int (*scr_attr)(SCR *, scr_attr_t, int);
/* Terminal baud rate. */
int (*scr_baud) __P((SCR *, u_long *));
int (*scr_baud)(SCR *, u_long *);
/* Beep/bell/flash the terminal. */
int (*scr_bell) __P((SCR *));
int (*scr_bell)(SCR *);
/* Display a busy message. */
void (*scr_busy) __P((SCR *, const char *, busy_t));
void (*scr_busy)(SCR *, const char *, busy_t);
/* Prepare child. */
int (*scr_child) __P((SCR *));
int (*scr_child)(SCR *);
/* Clear to the end of the line. */
int (*scr_clrtoeol) __P((SCR *));
int (*scr_clrtoeol)(SCR *);
/* Return the cursor location. */
int (*scr_cursor) __P((SCR *, size_t *, size_t *));
int (*scr_cursor)(SCR *, size_t *, size_t *);
/* Delete a line. */
int (*scr_deleteln) __P((SCR *));
int (*scr_deleteln)(SCR *);
/* Discard a screen. */
int (*scr_discard) __P((SCR *, SCR **));
int (*scr_discard)(SCR *, SCR **);
/* Get a keyboard event. */
int (*scr_event) __P((SCR *, EVENT *, u_int32_t, int));
int (*scr_event)(SCR *, EVENT *, u_int32_t, int);
/* Ex: screen adjustment routine. */
int (*scr_ex_adjust) __P((SCR *, exadj_t));
int (*scr_ex_adjust)(SCR *, exadj_t);
int (*scr_fmap) /* Set a function key. */
__P((SCR *, seq_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t));
(SCR *, seq_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t);
/* Get terminal key value. */
int (*scr_keyval) __P((SCR *, scr_keyval_t, CHAR_T *, int *));
int (*scr_keyval)(SCR *, scr_keyval_t, CHAR_T *, int *);
/* Insert a line. */
int (*scr_insertln) __P((SCR *));
int (*scr_insertln)(SCR *);
/* Handle an option change. */
int (*scr_optchange) __P((SCR *, int, char *, u_long *));
int (*scr_optchange)(SCR *, int, char *, u_long *);
/* Move the cursor. */
int (*scr_move) __P((SCR *, size_t, size_t));
int (*scr_move)(SCR *, size_t, size_t);
/* Message or ex output. */
void (*scr_msg) __P((SCR *, mtype_t, char *, size_t));
void (*scr_msg)(SCR *, mtype_t, char *, size_t);
/* Refresh the screen. */
int (*scr_refresh) __P((SCR *, int));
int (*scr_refresh)(SCR *, int);
/* Rename the file. */
int (*scr_rename) __P((SCR *, char *, int));
int (*scr_rename)(SCR *, char *, int);
/* Reply to an event. */
int (*scr_reply) __P((SCR *, int, char *));
int (*scr_reply)(SCR *, int, char *);
/* Set the screen type. */
int (*scr_screen) __P((SCR *, u_int32_t));
int (*scr_screen)(SCR *, u_int32_t);
/* Split the screen. */
int (*scr_split) __P((SCR *, SCR *));
int (*scr_split)(SCR *, SCR *);
/* Suspend the editor. */
int (*scr_suspend) __P((SCR *, int *));
int (*scr_suspend)(SCR *, int *);
/* Print usage message. */
void (*scr_usage) __P((void));
void (*scr_usage)(void);
};
/*
* XXX
* Block signals if there are asynchronous events. Used to keep DB system calls
* from being interrupted and not restarted, as that will result in consistency
* problems. This should be handled by DB.
*/
#ifdef BLOCK_SIGNALS
#include <signal.h>
extern sigset_t __sigblockset;
#define SIGBLOCK \
(void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &__sigblockset, NULL)
#define SIGUNBLOCK \
(void)sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &__sigblockset, NULL);
#else
#define SIGBLOCK
#define SIGUNBLOCK
#endif

28
common/key.c
View File

@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: key.c,v 10.54 2013/11/13 12:15:27 zy Exp $";
#include "common.h"
#include "../vi/vi.h"
static int v_event_append __P((SCR *, EVENT *));
static int v_event_grow __P((SCR *, int));
static int v_key_cmp __P((const void *, const void *));
static void v_keyval __P((SCR *, int, scr_keyval_t));
static void v_sync __P((SCR *, int));
static int v_event_append(SCR *, EVENT *);
static int v_event_grow(SCR *, int);
static int v_key_cmp(const void *, const void *);
static void v_keyval(SCR *, int, scr_keyval_t);
static void v_sync(SCR *, int);
/*
* !!!
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ static int nkeylist =
* v_key_init --
* Initialize the special key lookup table.
*
* PUBLIC: int v_key_init __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int v_key_init(SCR *);
*/
int
v_key_init(SCR *sp)
@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ v_keyval(
* v_key_ilookup --
* Build the fast-lookup key display array.
*
* PUBLIC: void v_key_ilookup __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: void v_key_ilookup(SCR *);
*/
void
v_key_ilookup(SCR *sp)
@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ v_key_ilookup(SCR *sp)
* Return the length of the string that will display the key.
* This routine is the backup for the KEY_LEN() macro.
*
* PUBLIC: size_t v_key_len __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T));
* PUBLIC: size_t v_key_len(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T);
*/
size_t
v_key_len(
@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ v_key_len(
* Return the string that will display the key. This routine
* is the backup for the KEY_NAME() macro.
*
* PUBLIC: char *v_key_name __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T));
* PUBLIC: char *v_key_name(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T);
*/
char *
v_key_name(
@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ done: sp->cname[sp->clen = len] = '\0';
* Fill in the value for a key. This routine is the backup
* for the KEY_VAL() macro.
*
* PUBLIC: e_key_t v_key_val __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T));
* PUBLIC: e_key_t v_key_val(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T);
*/
e_key_t
v_key_val(
@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ v_key_val(
* an associated flag value, which indicates if it has already been quoted,
* and if it is the result of a mapping or an abbreviation.
*
* PUBLIC: int v_event_push __P((SCR *, EVENT *, CHAR_T *, size_t, u_int));
* PUBLIC: int v_event_push(SCR *, EVENT *, CHAR_T *, size_t, u_int);
*/
int
v_event_push(
@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ v_event_append(
* point. Given that this might make the log grow unacceptably (consider that
* cursor keys are done with maps), for now we leave any changes made in place.
*
* PUBLIC: int v_event_get __P((SCR *, EVENT *, int, u_int32_t));
* PUBLIC: int v_event_get(SCR *, EVENT *, int, u_int32_t);
*/
int
v_event_get(
@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ v_sync(
* v_event_err --
* Unexpected event.
*
* PUBLIC: void v_event_err __P((SCR *, EVENT *));
* PUBLIC: void v_event_err(SCR *, EVENT *);
*/
void
v_event_err(
@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ v_event_err(
* v_event_flush --
* Flush any flagged keys, returning if any keys were flushed.
*
* PUBLIC: int v_event_flush __P((SCR *, u_int));
* PUBLIC: int v_event_flush(SCR *, u_int);
*/
int
v_event_flush(

79
common/line.c
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifndef lint
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: line.c,v 10.26 2011/08/12 12:36:41 zy Exp $";
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: line.c,v 10.27 2015/04/03 14:17:21 zy Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/types.h>
@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: line.c,v 10.26 2011/08/12 12:36:41 zy Exp $";
#include "common.h"
#include "../vi/vi.h"
static int scr_update __P((SCR *, recno_t, lnop_t, int));
static int scr_update(SCR *, recno_t, lnop_t, int);
/*
* db_eget --
* Front-end to db_get, special case handling for empty files.
*
* PUBLIC: int db_eget __P((SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T **, size_t *, int *));
* PUBLIC: int db_eget(SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T **, size_t *, int *);
*/
int
db_eget(
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ db_eget(
* Look in the text buffers for a line, followed by the cache, followed
* by the database.
*
* PUBLIC: int db_get __P((SCR *, recno_t, u_int32_t, CHAR_T **, size_t *));
* PUBLIC: int db_get(SCR *, recno_t, u_int32_t, CHAR_T **, size_t *);
*/
int
db_get(
@ -92,7 +92,6 @@ db_get(
recno_t l1, l2;
CHAR_T *wp;
size_t wlen;
size_t nlen;
/*
* The underlying recno stuff handles zero by returning NULL, but
@ -152,8 +151,6 @@ db_get(
ep->c_lno = OOBLNO;
nocache:
nlen = 1024;
retry:
/* Get the line from the underlying database. */
key.data = &lno;
key.size = sizeof(lno);
@ -169,11 +166,6 @@ err3: if (lenp != NULL)
if (pp != NULL)
*pp = NULL;
return (1);
case 0:
if (data.size > nlen) {
nlen = data.size;
goto retry;
}
}
if (FILE2INT(sp, data.data, data.size, wp, wlen)) {
@ -207,7 +199,7 @@ err3: if (lenp != NULL)
* db_delete --
* Delete a line from the file.
*
* PUBLIC: int db_delete __P((SCR *, recno_t));
* PUBLIC: int db_delete(SCR *, recno_t);
*/
int
db_delete(
@ -238,13 +230,11 @@ db_delete(
/* Update file. */
key.data = &lno;
key.size = sizeof(lno);
SIGBLOCK;
if (ep->db->del(ep->db, &key, 0) == 1) {
msgq(sp, M_SYSERR,
"003|unable to delete line %lu", (u_long)lno);
return (1);
}
SIGUNBLOCK;
/* Flush the cache, update line count, before screen update. */
if (lno <= ep->c_lno)
@ -265,7 +255,7 @@ db_delete(
* db_append --
* Append a line into the file.
*
* PUBLIC: int db_append __P((SCR *, int, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int db_append(SCR *, int, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
db_append(
@ -297,13 +287,11 @@ db_append(
key.size = sizeof(lno);
data.data = fp;
data.size = flen;
SIGBLOCK;
if (ep->db->put(ep->db, &key, &data, R_IAFTER) == -1) {
msgq(sp, M_SYSERR,
"004|unable to append to line %lu", (u_long)lno);
return (1);
}
SIGUNBLOCK;
/* Flush the cache, update line count, before screen update. */
if (lno < ep->c_lno)
@ -343,7 +331,7 @@ db_append(
* db_insert --
* Insert a line into the file.
*
* PUBLIC: int db_insert __P((SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int db_insert(SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
db_insert(
@ -375,13 +363,11 @@ db_insert(
key.size = sizeof(lno);
data.data = fp;
data.size = flen;
SIGBLOCK;
if (ep->db->put(ep->db, &key, &data, R_IBEFORE) == -1) {
msgq(sp, M_SYSERR,
"005|unable to insert at line %lu", (u_long)lno);
return (1);
}
SIGUNBLOCK;
/* Flush the cache, update line count, before screen update. */
if (lno >= ep->c_lno)
@ -412,7 +398,7 @@ db_insert(
* db_set --
* Store a line in the file.
*
* PUBLIC: int db_set __P((SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int db_set(SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
db_set(
@ -446,13 +432,11 @@ db_set(
key.size = sizeof(lno);
data.data = fp;
data.size = flen;
SIGBLOCK;
if (ep->db->put(ep->db, &key, &data, 0) == -1) {
msgq(sp, M_SYSERR,
"006|unable to store line %lu", (u_long)lno);
return (1);
}
SIGUNBLOCK;
/* Flush the cache, before logging or screen update. */
if (lno == ep->c_lno)
@ -474,7 +458,7 @@ db_set(
* db_exist --
* Return if a line exists.
*
* PUBLIC: int db_exist __P((SCR *, recno_t));
* PUBLIC: int db_exist(SCR *, recno_t);
*/
int
db_exist(
@ -509,7 +493,7 @@ db_exist(
* db_last --
* Return the number of lines in the file.
*
* PUBLIC: int db_last __P((SCR *, recno_t *));
* PUBLIC: int db_last(SCR *, recno_t *);
*/
int
db_last(
@ -552,8 +536,6 @@ db_last(
case 1:
*lnop = 0;
return (0);
case 0:
;
}
memcpy(&lno, key.data, sizeof(lno));
@ -581,9 +563,9 @@ db_last(
/*
* db_rget --
* Retrieve a raw line from database. No cache, no conversion.
* Retrieve a raw line from the database.
*
* PUBLIC: int db_rget __P((SCR *, recno_t, char **, size_t *));
* PUBLIC: int db_rget(SCR *, recno_t, char **, size_t *);
*/
int
db_rget(
@ -593,31 +575,26 @@ db_rget(
size_t *lenp) /* Length store. */
{
DBT data, key;
EXF *ep;
/* Check for no underlying file. */
if ((ep = sp->ep) == NULL)
return (1);
EXF *ep = sp->ep;
int rval;
/* Get the line from the underlying database. */
key.data = &lno;
key.size = sizeof(lno);
if (ep->db->get(ep->db, &key, &data, 0))
/* We do not report error, and do not ensure the size! */
return (1);
if (lenp != NULL)
if ((rval = ep->db->get(ep->db, &key, &data, 0)) == 0)
{
*lenp = data.size;
if (pp != NULL)
*pp = data.data;
return (0);
}
return (rval);
}
/*
* db_rset --
* Store a line in the file. No log, no conversion.
* Store a raw line into the database.
*
* PUBLIC: int db_rset __P((SCR *, recno_t, char *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int db_rset(SCR *, recno_t, char *, size_t);
*/
int
db_rset(
@ -627,29 +604,21 @@ db_rset(
size_t len)
{
DBT data, key;
EXF *ep;
EXF *ep = sp->ep;
/* Check for no underlying file. */
if ((ep = sp->ep) == NULL)
return (1);
/* Update file. */
key.data = &lno;
key.size = sizeof(lno);
data.data = p;
data.size = len;
if (ep->db->put(ep->db, &key, &data, 0) == -1)
/* We do not report error, and do not ensure the size! */
return (1);
return (0);
return ep->db->put(ep->db, &key, &data, 0);
}
/*
* db_err --
* Report a line error.
*
* PUBLIC: void db_err __P((SCR *, recno_t));
* PUBLIC: void db_err(SCR *, recno_t);
*/
void
db_err(

30
common/log.c
View File

@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: log.c,v 10.27 2011/07/13 06:25:50 zy Exp $";
* behaved that way.
*/
static int log_cursor1 __P((SCR *, int));
static void log_err __P((SCR *, char *, int));
static int log_cursor1(SCR *, int);
static void log_err(SCR *, char *, int);
#if defined(DEBUG) && 0
static void log_trace __P((SCR *, char *, recno_t, u_char *));
static void log_trace(SCR *, char *, recno_t, u_char *);
#endif
static int apply_with __P((int (*)(SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t),
SCR *, recno_t, u_char *, size_t));
static int apply_with(int (*)(SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t),
SCR *, recno_t, u_char *, size_t);
/* Try and restart the log on failure, i.e. if we run out of memory. */
#define LOG_ERR { \
@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ static int apply_with __P((int (*)(SCR *, recno_t, CHAR_T *, size_t),
* because it is passed to db_set as a string
*/
typedef struct {
char data[sizeof(u_char) /* type */ + sizeof(recno_t)];
CHAR_T str[1];
char data[sizeof(u_char) /* type */ + sizeof(recno_t)];
CHAR_T str[1];
} log_t;
#define CHAR_T_OFFSET ((char *)(((log_t*)0)->str) - (char *)0)
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ typedef struct {
* log_init --
* Initialize the logging subsystem.
*
* PUBLIC: int log_init __P((SCR *, EXF *));
* PUBLIC: int log_init(SCR *, EXF *);
*/
int
log_init(
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ log_init(
* log_end --
* Close the logging subsystem.
*
* PUBLIC: int log_end __P((SCR *, EXF *));
* PUBLIC: int log_end(SCR *, EXF *);
*/
int
log_end(
@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ log_end(
* log_cursor --
* Log the current cursor position, starting an event.
*
* PUBLIC: int log_cursor __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int log_cursor(SCR *);
*/
int
log_cursor(SCR *sp)
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ log_cursor1(
* log_line --
* Log a line change.
*
* PUBLIC: int log_line __P((SCR *, recno_t, u_int));
* PUBLIC: int log_line(SCR *, recno_t, u_int);
*/
int
log_line(
@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ log_line(
* would mean that undo operations would only reset marks, and not
* cause any other change.
*
* PUBLIC: int log_mark __P((SCR *, LMARK *));
* PUBLIC: int log_mark(SCR *, LMARK *);
*/
int
log_mark(
@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ log_mark(
* Log_backward --
* Roll the log backward one operation.
*
* PUBLIC: int log_backward __P((SCR *, MARK *));
* PUBLIC: int log_backward(SCR *, MARK *);
*/
int
log_backward(
@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ err: F_CLR(ep, F_NOLOG);
* then move back on and do a 'U', the line will be restored to the way
* it was before the original change.
*
* PUBLIC: int log_setline __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int log_setline(SCR *);
*/
int
log_setline(SCR *sp)
@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ err: F_CLR(ep, F_NOLOG);
* Log_forward --
* Roll the log forward one operation.
*
* PUBLIC: int log_forward __P((SCR *, MARK *));
* PUBLIC: int log_forward(SCR *, MARK *);
*/
int
log_forward(

24
common/main.c
View File

@ -9,14 +9,6 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifndef lint
static const char copyright[] =
"@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994\n\
The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n\
@(#) Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996\n\
Keith Bostic. All rights reserved.\n";
#endif /* not lint */
#ifndef lint
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: main.c,v 11.0 2012/10/17 06:34:37 zy Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
@ -38,15 +30,15 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: main.c,v 11.0 2012/10/17 06:34:37 zy Exp $";
#include "../vi/vi.h"
#include "pathnames.h"
static void attach __P((GS *));
static void v_estr __P((char *, int, char *));
static int v_obsolete __P((char *, char *[]));
static void attach(GS *);
static void v_estr(char *, int, char *);
static int v_obsolete(char *, char *[]);
/*
* editor --
* Main editor routine.
*
* PUBLIC: int editor __P((GS *, int, char *[]));
* PUBLIC: int editor(GS *, int, char *[]);
*/
int
editor(
@ -436,7 +428,7 @@ err: rval = 1;
* v_end --
* End the program, discarding screens and most of the global area.
*
* PUBLIC: void v_end __P((GS *));
* PUBLIC: void v_end(GS *);
*/
void
v_end(gp)
@ -455,7 +447,7 @@ v_end(gp)
while ((sp = TAILQ_FIRST(gp->hq)) != NULL)
(void)screen_end(sp);
#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(PURIFY) || defined(LIBRARY)
#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(PURIFY)
{ FREF *frp;
/* Free FREF's. */
while ((frp = TAILQ_FIRST(gp->frefq)) != NULL) {
@ -499,13 +491,13 @@ v_end(gp)
(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s%.*s",
mp->mtype == M_ERR ? "ex/vi: " : "", (int)mp->len, mp->buf);
SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(gp->msgq, q);
#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(PURIFY) || defined(LIBRARY)
#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(PURIFY)
free(mp->buf);
free(mp);
#endif
}
#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(PURIFY) || defined(LIBRARY)
#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(PURIFY)
/* Free any temporary space. */
if (gp->tmp_bp != NULL)
free(gp->tmp_bp);

16
common/mark.c
View File

@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: mark.c,v 10.14 2011/07/04 14:42:58 zy Exp $";
#include "common.h"
static LMARK *mark_find __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T));
static LMARK *mark_find(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T);
/*
* Marks are maintained in a key sorted singly linked list. We can't
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ static LMARK *mark_find __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T));
* mark_init --
* Set up the marks.
*
* PUBLIC: int mark_init __P((SCR *, EXF *));
* PUBLIC: int mark_init(SCR *, EXF *);
*/
int
mark_init(
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ mark_init(
* mark_end --
* Free up the marks.
*
* PUBLIC: int mark_end __P((SCR *, EXF *));
* PUBLIC: int mark_end(SCR *, EXF *);
*/
int
mark_end(
@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ mark_end(
* mark_get --
* Get the location referenced by a mark.
*
* PUBLIC: int mark_get __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T, MARK *, mtype_t));
* PUBLIC: int mark_get(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T, MARK *, mtype_t);
*/
int
mark_get(
@ -125,12 +125,12 @@ mark_get(
lmp = mark_find(sp, key);
if (lmp == NULL || lmp->name != key) {
msgq(sp, mtype, "017|Mark %s: not set", KEY_NAME(sp, key));
return (1);
return (1);
}
if (F_ISSET(lmp, MARK_DELETED)) {
msgq(sp, mtype,
"018|Mark %s: the line was deleted", KEY_NAME(sp, key));
return (1);
return (1);
}
/*
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ mark_get(
* mark_set --
* Set the location referenced by a mark.
*
* PUBLIC: int mark_set __P((SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T, MARK *, int));
* PUBLIC: int mark_set(SCR *, ARG_CHAR_T, MARK *, int);
*/
int
mark_set(
@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ mark_find(
* mark_insdel --
* Update the marks based on an insertion or deletion.
*
* PUBLIC: int mark_insdel __P((SCR *, lnop_t, recno_t));
* PUBLIC: int mark_insdel(SCR *, lnop_t, recno_t);
*/
int
mark_insdel(

28
common/msg.c
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifndef lint
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: msg.c,v 11.0 2012/10/17 06:34:37 zy Exp $";
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: msg.c,v 11.1 2015/02/09 11:12:44 marc Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/types.h>
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: msg.c,v 11.0 2012/10/17 06:34:37 zy Exp $";
* msgq --
* Display a message.
*
* PUBLIC: void msgq __P((SCR *, mtype_t, const char *, ...));
* PUBLIC: void msgq(SCR *, mtype_t, const char *, ...);
*/
void
msgq(
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgq(
size_t blen, len, mlen, nlen;
const char *p;
char *bp, *mp;
va_list ap;
va_list ap;
#ifndef NL_ARGMAX
int ch;
char *rbp, *s_rbp;
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ retry: FREE_SPACE(sp, bp, blen);
#ifndef NL_ARGMAX
format: /* Format the arguments into the string. */
#endif
va_start(ap, fmt);
va_start(ap, fmt);
len = vsnprintf(mp, REM, fmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
if (len >= nlen)
@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ nofmt: mp += len;
* msgq_wstr --
* Display a message with an embedded string.
*
* PUBLIC: void msgq_wstr __P((SCR *, mtype_t, const CHAR_T *, const char *));
* PUBLIC: void msgq_wstr(SCR *, mtype_t, const CHAR_T *, const char *);
*/
void
msgq_wstr(
@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ msgq_wstr(
* msgq_str --
* Display a message with an embedded string.
*
* PUBLIC: void msgq_str __P((SCR *, mtype_t, const char *, const char *));
* PUBLIC: void msgq_str(SCR *, mtype_t, const char *, const char *);
*/
void
msgq_str(
@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ msgq_str(
* the command 2d}, from the 'b' would report that two lines were deleted,
* not one.
*
* PUBLIC: void mod_rpt __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: void mod_rpt(SCR *);
*/
void
mod_rpt(SCR *sp)
@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ mod_rpt(SCR *sp)
* msgq_status --
* Report on the file's status.
*
* PUBLIC: void msgq_status __P((SCR *, recno_t, u_int));
* PUBLIC: void msgq_status(SCR *, recno_t, u_int);
*/
void
msgq_status(
@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ msgq_status(
p += len;
} else {
t = msg_cat(sp, "027|line %lu of %lu [%ld%%]", &len);
(void)snprintf(p, ep - p, t, lno, last,
(void)snprintf(p, ep - p, t, (u_long)lno, (u_long)last,
((u_long)lno * 100) / last);
p += strlen(p);
}
@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ msgq_status(
* msg_open --
* Open the message catalogs.
*
* PUBLIC: int msg_open __P((SCR *, char *));
* PUBLIC: int msg_open(SCR *, char *);
*/
int
msg_open(
@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ ret: free(p);
* msg_close --
* Close the message catalogs.
*
* PUBLIC: void msg_close __P((GS *));
* PUBLIC: void msg_close(GS *);
*/
void
msg_close(GS *gp)
@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ msg_close(GS *gp)
* msg_cont --
* Return common continuation messages.
*
* PUBLIC: const char *msg_cmsg __P((SCR *, cmsg_t, size_t *));
* PUBLIC: const char *msg_cmsg(SCR *, cmsg_t, size_t *);
*/
const char *
msg_cmsg(
@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ msg_cmsg(
* Only a single catalog message can be accessed at a time, if multiple
* ones are needed, they must be copied into local memory.
*
* PUBLIC: const char *msg_cat __P((SCR *, const char *, size_t *));
* PUBLIC: const char *msg_cat(SCR *, const char *, size_t *);
*/
const char *
msg_cat(
@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ msg_cat(
* msg_print --
* Return a printable version of a string, in allocated memory.
*
* PUBLIC: char *msg_print __P((SCR *, const char *, int *));
* PUBLIC: char *msg_print(SCR *, const char *, int *);
*/
char *
msg_print(

42
common/options.c
View File

@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: options.c,v 10.73 2012/10/09 06:14:07 zy Exp
#include "../vi/vi.h"
#include "pathnames.h"
static int opts_abbcmp __P((const void *, const void *));
static int opts_cmp __P((const void *, const void *));
static int opts_print __P((SCR *, OPTLIST const *));
static int opts_abbcmp(const void *, const void *);
static int opts_cmp(const void *, const void *);
static int opts_print(SCR *, OPTLIST const *);
#ifdef USE_WIDECHAR
#define OPT_WC 0
@ -243,8 +243,8 @@ OPTLIST const optlist[] = {
};
typedef struct abbrev {
CHAR_T *name;
int offset;
CHAR_T *name;
int offset;
} OABBREV;
static OABBREV const abbrev[] = {
@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ static OABBREV const abbrev[] = {
* opts_init --
* Initialize some of the options.
*
* PUBLIC: int opts_init __P((SCR *, int *));
* PUBLIC: int opts_init(SCR *, int *);
*/
int
opts_init(
@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ err: msgq_wstr(sp, M_ERR, optlist[optindx].name,
* opts_set --
* Change the values of one or more options.
*
* PUBLIC: int opts_set __P((SCR *, ARGS *[], char *));
* PUBLIC: int opts_set(SCR *, ARGS *[], char *);
*/
int
opts_set(
@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ badnum: INT2CHAR(sp, name, STRLEN(name) + 1,
* o_set --
* Set an option's value.
*
* PUBLIC: int o_set __P((SCR *, int, u_int, char *, u_long));
* PUBLIC: int o_set(SCR *, int, u_int, char *, u_long);
*/
int
o_set(
@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ o_set(
* opts_empty --
* Return 1 if the string option is invalid, 0 if it's OK.
*
* PUBLIC: int opts_empty __P((SCR *, int, int));
* PUBLIC: int opts_empty(SCR *, int, int);
*/
int
opts_empty(
@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ opts_empty(
* opts_dump --
* List the current values of selected options.
*
* PUBLIC: void opts_dump __P((SCR *, enum optdisp));
* PUBLIC: void opts_dump(SCR *, enum optdisp);
*/
void
opts_dump(
@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ opts_print(
* opts_save --
* Write the current configuration to a file.
*
* PUBLIC: int opts_save __P((SCR *, FILE *));
* PUBLIC: int opts_save(SCR *, FILE *);
*/
int
opts_save(
@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ opts_save(
* opts_search --
* Search for an option.
*
* PUBLIC: OPTLIST const *opts_search __P((CHAR_T *));
* PUBLIC: OPTLIST const *opts_search(CHAR_T *);
*/
OPTLIST const *
opts_search(CHAR_T *name)
@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ opts_search(CHAR_T *name)
* opts_nomatch --
* Standard nomatch error message for options.
*
* PUBLIC: void opts_nomatch __P((SCR *, CHAR_T *));
* PUBLIC: void opts_nomatch(SCR *, CHAR_T *);
*/
void
opts_nomatch(
@ -1103,25 +1103,25 @@ opts_nomatch(
static int
opts_abbcmp(
const void *a,
const void *b)
const void *a,
const void *b)
{
return(STRCMP(((OABBREV *)a)->name, ((OABBREV *)b)->name));
return(STRCMP(((OABBREV *)a)->name, ((OABBREV *)b)->name));
}
static int
opts_cmp(
const void *a,
const void *b)
const void *a,
const void *b)
{
return(STRCMP(((OPTLIST *)a)->name, ((OPTLIST *)b)->name));
return(STRCMP(((OPTLIST *)a)->name, ((OPTLIST *)b)->name));
}
/*
* opts_copy --
* Copy a screen's OPTION array.
*
* PUBLIC: int opts_copy __P((SCR *, SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int opts_copy(SCR *, SCR *);
*/
int
opts_copy(
@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ nomem: msgq(orig, M_SYSERR, NULL);
* opts_free --
* Free all option strings
*
* PUBLIC: void opts_free __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: void opts_free(SCR *);
*/
void
opts_free(SCR *sp)

2
common/options.h
View File

@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ struct _option {
struct _optlist {
CHAR_T *name; /* Name. */
/* Change function. */
int (*func) __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
int (*func)(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
/* Type of object. */
enum { OPT_0BOOL, OPT_1BOOL, OPT_NUM, OPT_STR } type;

30
common/options_f.c
View File

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: options_f.c,v 10.34 04/07/11 16:06:29 zy Exp
#include "common.h"
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_altwerase __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_altwerase(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_altwerase(
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ f_altwerase(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_columns __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_columns(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_columns(
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ f_columns(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_lines __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_lines(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_lines(
@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ f_lines(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_lisp __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_lisp(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_lisp(
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ f_lisp(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_msgcat __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_msgcat(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_msgcat(
@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ f_msgcat(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_print __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_print(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_print(
@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ f_print(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_readonly __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_readonly(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_readonly(
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ f_readonly(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_recompile __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_recompile(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_recompile(
@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ f_recompile(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_reformat __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_reformat(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_reformat(
@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ f_reformat(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_ttywerase __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_ttywerase(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_ttywerase(
@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ f_ttywerase(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_w300 __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_w300(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_w300(
@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ f_w300(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_w1200 __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_w1200(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_w1200(
@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ f_w1200(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_w9600 __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_w9600(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_w9600(
@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ f_w9600(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_window __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_window(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_window(
@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ f_window(
}
/*
* PUBLIC: int f_encoding __P((SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int f_encoding(SCR *, OPTION *, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
f_encoding(

2
common/put.c
View File

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: put.c,v 10.19 04/07/11 17:00:24 zy Exp $";
* put --
* Put text buffer contents into the file.
*
* PUBLIC: int put __P((SCR *, CB *, CHAR_T *, MARK *, MARK *, int));
* PUBLIC: int put(SCR *, CB *, CHAR_T *, MARK *, MARK *, int);
*/
int
put(

29
common/recover.c
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifndef lint
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: recover.c,v 11.2 2012/10/09 08:06:58 zy Exp $";
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: recover.c,v 11.3 2015/04/04 03:50:42 zy Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/types.h>
@ -102,18 +102,18 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: recover.c,v 11.2 2012/10/09 08:06:58 zy Exp $
#define VI_DHEADER "X-vi-data:"
static int rcv_copy __P((SCR *, int, char *));
static void rcv_email __P((SCR *, char *));
static int rcv_mailfile __P((SCR *, int, char *));
static int rcv_mktemp __P((SCR *, char *, char *));
static int rcv_dlnwrite __P((SCR *, const char *, const char *, FILE *));
static int rcv_dlnread __P((SCR *, char **, char **, FILE *));
static int rcv_copy(SCR *, int, char *);
static void rcv_email(SCR *, char *);
static int rcv_mailfile(SCR *, int, char *);
static int rcv_mktemp(SCR *, char *, char *);
static int rcv_dlnwrite(SCR *, const char *, const char *, FILE *);
static int rcv_dlnread(SCR *, char **, char **, FILE *);
/*
* rcv_tmp --
* Build a file name that will be used as the recovery file.
*
* PUBLIC: int rcv_tmp __P((SCR *, EXF *, char *));
* PUBLIC: int rcv_tmp(SCR *, EXF *, char *);
*/
int
rcv_tmp(
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ err: msgq(sp, M_ERR,
* rcv_init --
* Force the file to be snapshotted for recovery.
*
* PUBLIC: int rcv_init __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int rcv_init(SCR *);
*/
int
rcv_init(SCR *sp)
@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ err: msgq(sp, M_ERR,
* sending email to the user if the file was modified
* ending the file session
*
* PUBLIC: int rcv_sync __P((SCR *, u_int));
* PUBLIC: int rcv_sync(SCR *, u_int);
*/
int
rcv_sync(
@ -252,15 +252,12 @@ rcv_sync(
/* Sync the file if it's been modified. */
if (F_ISSET(ep, F_MODIFIED)) {
SIGBLOCK;
if (ep->db->sync(ep->db, R_RECNOSYNC)) {
F_CLR(ep, F_RCV_ON | F_RCV_NORM);
msgq_str(sp, M_SYSERR,
ep->rcv_path, "060|File backup failed: %s");
SIGUNBLOCK;
return (1);
}
SIGUNBLOCK;
/* REQUEST: don't remove backing file on exit. */
if (LF_ISSET(RCV_PRESERVE))
@ -505,7 +502,7 @@ err: if (!issync)
* rcv_list --
* List the files that can be recovered by this user.
*
* PUBLIC: int rcv_list __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int rcv_list(SCR *);
*/
int
rcv_list(SCR *sp)
@ -612,7 +609,7 @@ next: (void)fclose(fp);
* rcv_read --
* Start a recovered file as the file to edit.
*
* PUBLIC: int rcv_read __P((SCR *, FREF *));
* PUBLIC: int rcv_read(SCR *, FREF *);
*/
int
rcv_read(
@ -635,7 +632,7 @@ rcv_read(
return (1);
rp = O_STR(sp, O_RECDIR);
if ((dirp = opendir(rp)) == NULL) {
msgq_str(sp, M_ERR, rp, "%s");
msgq_str(sp, M_SYSERR, rp, "%s");
return (1);
}

6
common/screen.c
View File

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: screen.c,v 10.25 2011/12/04 04:06:45 zy Exp $
* screen_init --
* Do the default initialization of an SCR structure.
*
* PUBLIC: int screen_init __P((GS *, SCR *, SCR **));
* PUBLIC: int screen_init(GS *, SCR *, SCR **);
*/
int
screen_init(
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ err: screen_end(sp);
* Release a screen, no matter what had (and had not) been
* initialized.
*
* PUBLIC: int screen_end __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int screen_end(SCR *);
*/
int
screen_end(SCR *sp)
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ screen_end(SCR *sp)
* screen_next --
* Return the next screen in the queue.
*
* PUBLIC: SCR *screen_next __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: SCR *screen_next(SCR *);
*/
SCR *
screen_next(SCR *sp)

21
common/search.c
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#ifndef lint
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: search.c,v 10.26 2011/07/04 20:16:26 zy Exp $";
static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: search.c,v 10.27 2015/03/13 18:41:35 zy Exp $";
#endif /* not lint */
#include <sys/types.h>
@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: search.c,v 10.26 2011/07/04 20:16:26 zy Exp $
typedef enum { S_EMPTY, S_EOF, S_NOPREV, S_NOTFOUND, S_SOF, S_WRAP } smsg_t;
static void search_msg __P((SCR *, smsg_t));
static int search_init __P((SCR *, dir_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int));
static void search_msg(SCR *, smsg_t);
static int search_init(SCR *, dir_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int);
/*
* search_init --
@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ prev: if (sp->re == NULL) {
* f_search --
* Do a forward search.
*
* PUBLIC: int f_search __P((SCR *,
* PUBLIC: MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int));
* PUBLIC: int f_search(SCR *,
* PUBLIC: MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int);
*/
int
f_search(
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ f_search(
recno_t lno;
regmatch_t match[1];
size_t coff, len;
int cnt, eval, rval, wrapped;
int cnt, eval, rval, wrapped = 0;
CHAR_T *l;
if (search_init(sp, FORWARD, ptrn, plen, eptrn, flags))
@ -198,13 +198,14 @@ f_search(
return (1);
}
lno = 1;
wrapped = 1;
}
} else
coff = fm->cno + 1;
}
btype = BUSY_ON;
for (cnt = INTERRUPT_CHECK, rval = 1, wrapped = 0;; ++lno, coff = 0) {
for (cnt = INTERRUPT_CHECK, rval = 1;; ++lno, coff = 0) {
if (cnt-- == 0) {
if (INTERRUPTED(sp))
break;
@ -288,8 +289,8 @@ f_search(
* b_search --
* Do a backward search.
*
* PUBLIC: int b_search __P((SCR *,
* PUBLIC: MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int));
* PUBLIC: int b_search(SCR *,
* PUBLIC: MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int);
*/
int
b_search(
@ -487,7 +488,7 @@ search_msg(
* search_busy --
* Put up the busy searching message.
*
* PUBLIC: void search_busy __P((SCR *, busy_t));
* PUBLIC: void search_busy(SCR *, busy_t);
*/
void
search_busy(

30
common/seq.c
View File

@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: seq.c,v 10.18 2011/12/11 23:13:00 zy Exp $";
* seq_set --
* Internal version to enter a sequence.
*
* PUBLIC: int seq_set __P((SCR *, CHAR_T *,
* PUBLIC: size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t, int));
* PUBLIC: int seq_set(SCR *, CHAR_T *,
* PUBLIC: size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t, int);
*/
int
seq_set(
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ mem1: errno = sv_errno;
* seq_delete --
* Delete a sequence.
*
* PUBLIC: int seq_delete __P((SCR *, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t));
* PUBLIC: int seq_delete(SCR *, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t);
*/
int
seq_delete(
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ seq_delete(
* seq_free --
* Free a map entry.
*
* PUBLIC: int seq_free __P((SEQ *));
* PUBLIC: int seq_free(SEQ *);
*/
int
seq_free(SEQ *qp)
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ seq_free(SEQ *qp)
* isn't NULL, partial matches count.
*
* PUBLIC: SEQ *seq_find
* PUBLIC: __P((SCR *, SEQ **, EVENT *, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t, int *));
* PUBLIC: (SCR *, SEQ **, EVENT *, CHAR_T *, size_t, seq_t, int *);
*/
SEQ *
seq_find(
@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ seq_find(
* seq_close --
* Discard all sequences.
*
* PUBLIC: void seq_close __P((GS *));
* PUBLIC: void seq_close(GS *);
*/
void
seq_close(GS *gp)
@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ seq_close(GS *gp)
* seq_dump --
* Display the sequence entries of a specified type.
*
* PUBLIC: int seq_dump __P((SCR *, seq_t, int));
* PUBLIC: int seq_dump(SCR *, seq_t, int);
*/
int
seq_dump(
@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ seq_dump(
* seq_save --
* Save the sequence entries to a file.
*
* PUBLIC: int seq_save __P((SCR *, FILE *, char *, seq_t));
* PUBLIC: int seq_save(SCR *, FILE *, char *, seq_t);
*/
int
seq_save(
@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ seq_save(
* e_memcmp --
* Compare a string of EVENT's to a string of CHAR_T's.
*
* PUBLIC: int e_memcmp __P((CHAR_T *, EVENT *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int e_memcmp(CHAR_T *, EVENT *, size_t);
*/
int
e_memcmp(
@ -398,11 +398,11 @@ e_memcmp(
size_t n)
{
if (n != 0) {
do {
if (*p1++ != ep->e_c)
return (*--p1 - ep->e_c);
do {
if (*p1++ != ep->e_c)
return (*--p1 - ep->e_c);
++ep;
} while (--n != 0);
}
return (0);
} while (--n != 0);
}
return (0);
}

30
common/util.c
View File

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: util.c,v 10.30 2013/03/19 10:00:27 yamt Exp $
* binc --
* Increase the size of a buffer.
*
* PUBLIC: void *binc __P((SCR *, void *, size_t *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: void *binc(SCR *, void *, size_t *, size_t);
*/
void *
binc(
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ binc(
* including or after the starting column. On error, set
* the column to 0, it's safest.
*
* PUBLIC: int nonblank __P((SCR *, recno_t, size_t *));
* PUBLIC: int nonblank(SCR *, recno_t, size_t *);
*/
int
nonblank(
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ nonblank(
* tail --
* Return tail of a path.
*
* PUBLIC: char *tail __P((char *));
* PUBLIC: char *tail(char *);
*/
char *
tail(char *path)
@ -128,12 +128,12 @@ tail(char *path)
* join --
* Join two paths; need free.
*
* PUBLIC: char *join __P((char *, char *));
* PUBLIC: char *join(char *, char *);
*/
char *
join(
char *path1,
char *path2)
char *path1,
char *path2)
{
char *p;
@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ join(
* expanduser --
* Return a "~" or "~user" expanded path; need free.
*
* PUBLIC: char *expanduser __P((char *));
* PUBLIC: char *expanduser(char *);
*/
char *
expanduser(char *str)
@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ expanduser(char *str)
* quote --
* Return a escaped string for /bin/sh; need free.
*
* PUBLIC: char *quote __P((char *));
* PUBLIC: char *quote(char *);
*/
char *
quote(char *str)
@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ quote(char *str)
* v_strdup --
* Strdup for 8-bit character strings with an associated length.
*
* PUBLIC: char *v_strdup __P((SCR *, const char *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: char *v_strdup(SCR *, const char *, size_t);
*/
char *
v_strdup(
@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ v_strdup(
* v_wstrdup --
* Strdup for wide character strings with an associated length.
*
* PUBLIC: CHAR_T *v_wstrdup __P((SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: CHAR_T *v_wstrdup(SCR *, const CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
CHAR_T *
v_wstrdup(SCR *sp,
@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ v_wstrdup(SCR *sp,
* nget_uslong --
* Get an unsigned long, checking for overflow.
*
* PUBLIC: enum nresult nget_uslong __P((u_long *, const CHAR_T *, CHAR_T **, int));
* PUBLIC: enum nresult nget_uslong(u_long *, const CHAR_T *, CHAR_T **, int);
*/
enum nresult
nget_uslong(
@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ nget_uslong(
* nget_slong --
* Convert a signed long, checking for overflow and underflow.
*
* PUBLIC: enum nresult nget_slong __P((long *, const CHAR_T *, CHAR_T **, int));
* PUBLIC: enum nresult nget_slong(long *, const CHAR_T *, CHAR_T **, int);
*/
enum nresult
nget_slong(
@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ nget_slong(
* timepoint_steady --
* Get a timestamp from a monotonic clock.
*
* PUBLIC: void timepoint_steady __P((struct timespec *));
* PUBLIC: void timepoint_steady(struct timespec *);
*/
void
timepoint_steady(
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ timepoint_steady(
* timepoint_system --
* Get the current calendar time.
*
* PUBLIC: void timepoint_system __P((struct timespec *));
* PUBLIC: void timepoint_system(struct timespec *);
*/
void
timepoint_system(
@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ timepoint_system(
* TRACE --
* debugging trace routine.
*
* PUBLIC: void TRACE __P((SCR *, const char *, ...));
* PUBLIC: void TRACE(SCR *, const char *, ...);
*/
void
TRACE(

147
docs/TODO
View File

@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
CL: In single-line screens, have to press 'q' twice when quitting out
of a ":set all" display.
COMMON: There's a serious problem with error returns -- we need to separate
command failure from fatal error, consistently, over the entire source
tree.
We need to rework all of vi to have three return values:
0: success
1: vi error, continue
2: fatal error, die
Right now we don't recognize fatal errors for what they are.
VI: Change the screen scrolling to not eat user characters... i.e.
g/pattern/foo should not eat already entered chars.
COMMON: It's known that it's possible to sync the backing files in the
wrong manner, leaving backup files that aren't recoverable. This
is going to be left alone until we have a logging version of DB,
which will hopefully fix this (or at least make it possible to
easily do so).
COMMON: The complete list of POSIX.1 calls that can return EINTR are:
wait, waitpid, sleep, dup2, close, read, write,
fcntl(SETLCKW) tcsetattr, tcdrain
The problem is that technically, any system/library call can
return EINTR, so, while nvi blocks (most of?) the obvious ones,
someone may have to do a complete pass and block signals
everywhere.
COMMON: The vi main command loop should use the general-purpose overflow
and underflow routines. In addition, the vi command loop uses
unsigned longs -- should probably be fixed as a 32-bit unsigned
type, and then check to make sure it's never used as as variable
type again.
DB: When nvi edits files that don't have trailing newlines, it appends
one, regardless. This is required, by default, from POSIX.2.
COMMON: Open mode is not yet implemented.
COMMON: ^C isn't passed to the shell in the script windows as an interrupt
character.
COMMON: The options:
hardtabs, lisp, optimize, redraw, slowopen
are recognized, but not implemented. These options are unlikely
to be implemented, so if you want them you might want to say
something! I will implement lisp if anyone ever documents how it
worked.
COMMON: If you run out of space in the recovery directory, the recovery
file is left in place.
COMMON: Should "view" set a lock on the file?
COMMON: Field editing shouldn't be hard to add to nvi:
Field editing file template:
version #
field # row/column start row/column stop
label field # Label string
re field # Matching re string.
field # row/column start row/column stop
label field # Label string
re field # Matching re string.
<tab> moves to the next field
<bs> in column 0 moves to the previous field
COMMON: Let's rethink using an IPC mechanism:
Two way channel, with events passing in both directions.
Load into the same address space (else, how do file permissions) forks
in v_init -- screens get events from vi, vi gets events queued up from
screens.
Vi:
E_CHARACTER, /* Input character: e_c set. */
E_EOF, /* End of input (NOT ^D). */
E_ERR, /* Input error. */
E_INTERRUPT, /* Interrupt. */
E_REPAINT, /* Repaint: e_flno, e_tlno set. */
E_RESIZE, /* SIGWINCH: e_lno, e_cno set. */
E_SIGCONT, /* SIGCONT arrived. */
E_SIGFATAL, /* fatal signal arrived.
E_START, /* Start ex/vi. */
E_STOP, /* Stop ex/vi. */
E_STRING, /* Input string: e_csp, e_len set. */
Screen:
E_ADDSTR /* Add a string to the screen. */
E_ATTRIBUTE /* Screen attribute. */
E_BELL /* Beep/bell/flash the terminal. */
E_BUSY /* Display a busy message. */
E_CANONICAL /* Enter tty canonical mode. */
E_CLRTOEOL /* Clear to the end of the line. */
E_CURSOR /* Return the cursor location. */
E_DELETELN /* Delete a line. */
E_DISCARD /* Discard a screen. */
E_EXADJUST /* Ex: screen adjustment routine. */
E_FMAP /* Set a function key. */
E_GETKEY /* Get a key event. */
E_INSERTLN /* Insert a line. */
E_MOVE /* Move the cursor. */
E_MESSAGE /* Message or ex output. */
E_REFRESH /* Refresh the screen. */
E_RESIZE /* Resize two screens. */
E_SPLIT /* Split the screen. */
E_SUSPEND /* Suspend the editor. */
EX: It would be nice to inverse video the replaced text during
interactive substitute.
EX: The :args command should put the current file name out in reverse
video. This isn't going to be easy, currently only full lines can
be in reverse video, not just parts.
TK: We currently permit the user to change the lines, columns and term
edit options. Shouldn't that be illegal in tknvi?
VI: The strings found by searches should be highlighted until the next
character is entered.
VI: Display a split vi screen for the :help command.
VI: When getting a key for a continue screen, we should always read from
the terminal, not from a mapped key.
VI: The sentence, paragraph and section movement commands don't match
historic practice in some boundary cases. This should be left
alone until POSIX 1003.2 makes up its mind.
VI: The vs_sm_fill routine should scroll if possible, not always redraw.
VI: Think about setting a dirty/inuse bits on the lines of the SMAP
structure. That way the message routines could steal lines and
refresh would continue to work, because it would know not to touch
the lines that were in use.

11
docs/USD.doc/edit/Makefile
View File

@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.4 (Berkeley) 8/18/96
ROFF= groff
TBL= tbl
edittut.ps: edittut.ms
${TBL} edittut.ms | ${ROFF} -ms > $@
chmod 444 $@
clean:
rm -f edittut.ps

115
docs/USD.doc/edit/edit.vindex
View File

@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)edit.vindex 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93
.\"
.bd I
.ND
.TL
Index
.sp 3
.2C
.nf
addressing, \fIsee\fR line numbers
append mode, 4
backslash (\\), 18
buffer, 2
command mode, 4
context search, 8, 10, 13, 18
control characters (``^'' notation), 8
control-d, 6
current filename, 19, 20
current line (.), 9, 15
diagnostic messages, 4
disk, 2
documentation, 21
edit (to begin editing session), 3, 7
editing commands:
.in +2
append (a), 4, 7
change (c), 16
copy (co), 13
delete (d), 13-14
edit (e), 12
file (f), 19
global (g), 18-19
move (m), 12-13
number (nu), 9
preserve (pre), 20-21
print (p), 8
quit (q), 5, 11
quit! (q!), 11
read (r), 20
recover (rec), 20
substitute (s), 9-10, 17, 18
undo (u), 14, 17
write (w), 5-6, 11, 19-20
z, 11
.sp 10i
! (shell escape), 19
$= , 15
+, 15
\-, 15
//, 8, 18
??, 18
\&\fB.\fR, 9, 15
\&\fB.\fR=, 9, 15
.in -2
erasing
.ti +2
characters (#), 8
.ti +2
lines (@), 8
ex (text editor), 21
\fIEx Reference Manual\fR, 21
file, 1
file recovery, 20
filename, 2
Interrupt (message), 7
line numbers, \fIsee also\fR current line
.ti +2
dollar sign ($), 8, 12-13, 15
.ti +2
dot (.), 9, 15
.ti +2
relative (+ and \-), 15, 16
logging out, 6
login procedure, 2
``magic'' characters, 21
non-printing characters, 8
``not found'' (message), 3
program, 1
recovery \fIsee\fR file recovery
shell, 18
shell escape (!), 19
special characters (^, $, \e), 18
text input mode, 4
UNIX, 1

2280
docs/USD.doc/edit/edittut.ms
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

17
docs/USD.doc/exref/Makefile
View File

@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.8 (Berkeley) 10/10/96
ROFF= groff
TBL= tbl
all: exref.ps summary.ps
exref.ps: ex.rm
${TBL} ex.rm | ${ROFF} -ms > $@
chmod 444 $@
summary.ps: ex.summary
${TBL} ex.summary | ${ROFF} -ms > $@
chmod 444 $@
clean:
rm -f exref.ps summary.ps

2213
docs/USD.doc/exref/ex.rm
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

730
docs/USD.doc/exref/ex.summary
View File

@ -1,730 +0,0 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)ex.summary 8.3 (Berkeley) 8/18/96
.\"
.ds p \v'-0.2'.\v'+0.2'
.ds U \s-2UNIX\s+2
.ds c \v'-0.2':\v'+0.2'
.nr LL 6.5i
.lt 6.5i
.ll 6.5i
.ds CH
.ds LF Computing Services, U.C. Berkeley
.ds RF April 3, 1979
.de SP
.sp 1v
..
.nr PI 3n
.nr PD 0
.ND
.ps 12
.ft B
.ce 1
Ex/Edit Command Summary (Version 2.0)
.sp 1
.ft R
.nr VS 11
.nr PS 9
.2C
.PP
.I Ex
and
.I edit
are text editors, used for creating
and modifying files of text on the \*U
computer system.
.I Edit
is a variant of
.I ex
with features designed to
make it less complicated
to learn and use.
In terms of command syntax and effect
the editors are essentially identical,
and this command summary applies to both.
.PP
The summary is meant as a quick reference
for users already acquainted
with
.I edit
or \fIex\fP.
Fuller explanations of the editors are available
in the documents
.I
Edit: A Tutorial
.R
(a self-teaching introduction) and the
.I
Ex Reference Manual
.R
(the comprehensive reference source for
both \fIedit\fP and \fIex\fP).
Both of these writeups are available in the
Computing Services Library.
.PP
In the examples included with the
summary, commands and text entered by
the user are printed in \fBboldface\fR to
distinguish them from responses printed
by the computer.
.sp 0.45v
.LP
.B
The Editor Buffer
.PP
In order to perform its tasks
the editor sets aside a temporary
work space,
called a \fIbuffer\fR,
separate from the user's permanent
file.
Before starting to work on an existing
file the editor makes a copy of it in the
buffer, leaving the original untouched.
All editing changes are made to the
buffer copy, which must then
be written back to the permanent
file in order to update the
old version.
The buffer disappears
at the end of the editing session.
.sp 0.45v
.LP
.B
Editing: Command and Text Input Modes
.PP
.R
During an editing session there are
two usual modes of operation:
\fIcommand\fP mode and \fItext input\fP
mode.
(This disregards, for the moment,
.I open
and
.I visual
modes, discussed below.)
In command mode, the editor issues a
colon prompt (:)
to show that it is ready to
accept and execute a command.
In text input mode, on the other hand, there is
no prompt and the editor merely accepts text to
be added to the buffer.
Text input mode is initiated by the commands
\fIappend\fP, \fIinsert\fP, and \fIchange\fP,
and is terminated by typing a period as the
first and only character on a line.
.sp 0.45v
.LP
.B
Line Numbers and Command Syntax
.PP
.R
The editor keeps track of lines of text
in the buffer by numbering them consecutively
starting with 1 and renumbering
as lines are added or deleted.
At any given time the editor is positioned
at one of these lines; this position is
called the \fIcurrent line\fP.
Generally, commands that change the
contents of the buffer print the
new current line at the end of their
execution.
.PP
Most commands can be preceded by one or two
line-number addresses which indicate the lines
to be affected.
If one number is given the command operates on
that line only; if two, on an inclusive range
of lines.
Commands that can take line-number prefixes also
assume default prefixes if none are given.
The default assumed by each command is designed
to make it convenient to use in many instances
without any line-number prefix.
For the most part, a command used without a
prefix operates on the current line,
though exceptions to this rule should be noted.
The \fIprint\fP command
by itself, for instance, causes
one line, the current line, to be
printed at the terminal.
.PP
The summary shows the number of line addresses
that can be
prefixed to each command as well as
the defaults assumed if they are omitted.
For example,
.I (.,.)
means that up to 2 line-numbers may be given,
and that if none is given the
command operates on the current line.
(In the address prefix notation, ``.'' stands
for the current line and ``$'' stands for
the last line of the buffer.)
If no such notation appears, no
line-number prefix may be used.
.PP
Some commands take trailing
information;
only
the more important instances of this
are mentioned in the summary.
.sp 0.25v
.LP
.B
Open and Visual Modes
.PP
.R
Besides command and text input modes,
.I ex
and
.I edit
provide on some CRT terminals other modes of editing,
.I open
and
.I visual .
In these modes the cursor can
be moved to individual words
or characters in a line.
The commands then given are very different
from the standard editor commands; most do not appear on the screen when
typed.
.I
An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi
.R
provides a full discussion.
.sp 0.25v
.LP
.B
Special Characters
.PP
.R
.fi
Some characters take on special meanings
when used in context searches
and in patterns given to the \fIsubstitute\fP command.
For \fIedit\fR, these are ``^'' and ``$'',
meaning the beginning and end of a line,
respectively.
.I Ex
has the following additional special characters:
.B
.ce 1
\&. & * [ ] ~
.R
To use one of the special characters as its
simple graphic representation
rather than with its special meaning,
precede it by a backslash (\\).
The backslash always has a special meaning.
.1C
.TS
cp10 cp10 cp10 cp10
ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i).
Name Abbr Description Examples
.sp 1.75
(.)\fBappend a T{
Begins text input mode,
adding lines to the buffer after
the line specified. Appending continues
until ``.'' is typed alone at the
beginning of a new line, followed by
a carriage return. \fI0a\fR places
lines at the beginning of the buffer.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fBa
Three lines of text
are added to the buffer
after the current line.
\*p
.R
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fR(.,.)\fBchange c T{
Deletes indicated line(s) and
initiates text input mode to
replace them with new text which follows.
New text is terminated the same way
as with \fIappend\fR.
T} T{
.nf
:\fB5,6c
Lines 5 and 6 are
deleted and replaced by
these three lines.
\*p
.R
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fR(.,.)\fBcopy \fIaddr co T{
Places a copy of the specified lines
after the line indicated by \fIaddr\fR.
The example places a copy of lines 8 through
12, inclusive, after line 25.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fB8,12co 25
\fRLast line copied is printed
\fR\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fR(.,.)\fBdelete d T{
Removes lines from the buffer
and prints the current line after the deletion.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fB13,15d
\fRNew current line is printed
\*c
.fi
T}
.TE
.sp 0.5v
.TS
ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i).
T{
\fBedit \fIfile\fP
.br
\fBedit! \fIfile\fP
T} T{
e
.br
e!
T} T{
.fi
\fRClears the editor buffer and then
copies into it the named \fIfile\fR,
which becomes the current file.
This is a way of shifting to a different
file
without leaving the editor.
The editor issues a warning
message if this command is used before
saving changes
made to the file already in the buffer;
using the form \fBe!\fR overrides this protective mechanism.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fBe ch10\fR
No write since last change
:\fBe! ch10\fR
"ch10" 3 lines, 62 characters
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fBfile \fIname\fR f T{
\fRIf followed by a \fIname\fR, renames
the current file to \fIname\fR.
If used without \fIname\fR, prints
the name of the current file.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fBf ch9
\fR"ch9" [Modified] 3 lines ...
:\fBf
\fR"ch9" [Modified] 3 lines ...
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
(1,$)\fBglobal g \fBglobal/\fIpattern\fB/\fIcommands T{
.nf
:\fBg/nonsense/d
\fR\*c
.fi
T}
\fR(1,$)\fBglobal! g!\fR or \fBv T{
Searches the entire buffer (unless a smaller
range is specified by line-number prefixes) and
executes \fIcommands\fR on every line with
an expression matching \fIpattern\fR.
The second form, abbreviated
either \fBg!\fR or \fBv\fR,
executes \fIcommands\fR on lines that \fIdo
not\fR contain the expression \fIpattern\fR.
T} \^
.SP
\fR(.)\fBinsert i T{
Inserts new lines of text immediately before the specified line.
Differs from
.I append
only in that text is placed before, rather than after, the indicated line.
In other words, \fB1i\fR has the same effect as \fB0a\fR.
T} T{
.nf
:\fB1i
These lines of text will
be added prior to line 1.
\&.
\fR:
.fi
T}
.SP
\fR(.,.+1)\fBjoin j T{
Join lines together, adjusting white space (spaces
and tabs) as necessary.
T} T{
.nf
:\fB2,5j\fR
Resulting line is printed
:
.fi
T}
.TE
.bp
.TS
cp10 cp10 cp10 cp10
ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i).
Name Abbr Description Examples
.sp 1.75
\fR(.,.)\fBlist l T{
\fRPrints lines in a more
unambiguous way than the \fIprint\fR
command does. The end of a line,
for example, is marked with a ``$'',
and tabs printed as ``^I''.
T} T{
.nf
:\fB9l
\fRThis is line 9$
\*c
.fi
T}
.TE
.sp 0.5v
.TS
ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i).
\fR(.,.)\fBmove \fIaddr\fB m T{
\fRMoves the specified lines
to a position after the line
indicated by \fIaddr\fR.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fB12,15m 25\fR
New current line is printed
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fR(.,.)\fBnumber nu T{
Prints each line preceded
by its buffer line number.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fBnu
\0\0\fR10\0 This is line 10
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fR(.)\fBopen o T{
Too involved to discuss here,
but if you enter open mode
accidentally, press
the \s-2ESC\s0 key followed by
\fBq\fR to
get back into normal editor
command mode.
\fIEdit\fP is designed to
prevent accidental use of
the open command.
T}
.SP
\fBpreserve pre T{
Saves a copy of the current buffer contents as though the system had
just crashed. This is for use in an emergency when a
.I write
command has failed and you don't know how else to save your work.\(dg
T} T{
.nf
:\fBpreserve\fR
File preserved.
:
.fi
T}
.SP
\fR(.,.)\fBprint p Prints the text of line(s). T{
.nf
:\fB+2,+3p\fR
The second and third lines
after the current line
:
.fi
T}
.TE
.FS
.ll 6.5i
\(dg You should seek assistance from a system administrator as soon as
possible after saving a file with the
.I preserve
command, because the preserved copy of the file is saved in a
directory used to store temporary files, and thus, the preserved
copy may only be available for a short period of time.
.FE
.SP
.nf
.TS
ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i).
T{
.nf
\fBquit
quit!
.fi
T} T{
.nf
q
q!
T} T{
.fi
\fREnds the editing session.
You will receive a
warning if you have changed the buffer
since last writing its contents
to the file. In this event you
must either type \fBw\fR to write,
or type \fBq!\fR to exit from
the editor without saving your changes.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fBq
\fRNo write since last change
:\fBq!
\fR%
.fi
T}
.SP
\fR(.)\fBread \fIfile\fP r T{
.fi
\fRPlaces a copy of \fIfile\fR in the
buffer after the specified line.
Address 0 is permissible and causes
the copy of \fIfile\fR to be placed
at the beginning of the buffer.
The \fIread\fP command does not
erase any text already in the buffer.
If no line number is specified,
\fIfile\fR is placed after the
current line.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fB0r newfile
\fR"newfile" 5 lines, 86 characters
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fBrecover \fIfile\fP rec T{
.fi
Retrieves a copy of the editor buffer
after a system crash, editor crash,
phone line disconnection, or
\fIpreserve\fR command.
T}
.SP
\fR(.,.)\fBsubstitute s T{
.nf
\fBsubstitute/\fIpattern\fB/\fIreplacement\fB/
substitute/\fIpattern\fB/\fIreplacement\fB/gc
.fi
\fRReplaces the first occurrence of \fIpattern\fR
on a line
with \fIreplacement\fP.
Including a \fBg\fR after the command
changes all occurrences of \fIpattern\fP
on the line.
The \fBc\fR option allows the user to
confirm each substitution before it is
made; see the manual for details.
T} T{
.nf
:\fB3p
\fRLine 3 contains a misstake
:\fBs/misstake/mistake/
\fRLine 3 contains a mistake
\*c
.fi
T}
.TE
.bp
.TS
cp10 cp10 cp10 cp10
ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i).
Name Abbr Description Examples
.sp 1.75
\fBundo u T{
.fi
\fRReverses the changes made in
the buffer by the last buffer-editing
command.
Note that this example contains
a notification about the number of
lines affected.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fB1,15d
\fR15 lines deleted
new line number 1 is printed
:\fBu
\fR15 more lines in file ...
old line number 1 is printed
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fR(1,$)\fBwrite \fIfile\fR w T{
.fi
\fRCopies data from the buffer onto
a permanent file. If no \fIfile\fR
is named, the current filename
is used.
The file is automatically created
if it does not yet exist.
A response containing the number of
lines and characters in the file
indicates that the write
has been completed successfully.
The editor's built-in protections
against overwriting existing files
will in some circumstances
inhibit a write.
The form \fBw!\fR forces the
write, confirming that
an existing file is to be overwritten.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fBw
\fR"file7" 64 lines, 1122 characters
:\fBw file8
\fR"file8" File exists ...
:\fBw! file8
\fR"file8" 64 lines, 1122 characters
\*c
.fi
T}
\fR(1,$)\fBwrite! \fIfile\fP w! \^ \^
.TE
.sp 0.5v
.TS
ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i).
\fR(.)\fBz \fIcount\fP z T{
.fi
\fRPrints a screen full of text starting
with the line indicated;
or, if \fIcount\fR is specified,
prints that number of lines.
Variants of the \fIz\fR command
are described in the manual.
T}
.SP
\fB!\fIcommand T{
.fi
Executes the remainder of the line
after \fB!\fR as a \*U command.
The buffer is unchanged by this, and
control is returned to the editor when
the execution of \fIcommand\fR is complete.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fB!date
\fRFri Jun 9 12:15:11 PDT 1978
!
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fRcontrol-d T{
.fi
Prints the next \fIscroll\fR of text,
normally half of a screen. See the
manual for details of the \fIscroll\fR
option.
T}
.SP
\fR(.+1)<cr> T{
.fi
An address alone followed by a carriage
return causes the line to be printed.
A carriage return by itself prints the
line following the current line.
T} T{
.nf
:\fR<cr>
the line after the current line
\*c
.fi
T}
.TE
.sp 0.5v
.TS
ltw(1.0i) lt2w(0.40i)fB ltw(3.0i) ltw(1.8i).
\fB/\fIpattern\fB/ T{
.fi
\fRSearches for the next line in which
\fIpattern\fR occurs and prints it.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fB/This pattern/
\fRThis pattern next occurs here.
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fB// T{
Repeats the most recent search.
T} T{
.nf
\fR:\fB//
\fRThis pattern also occurs here.
\*c
.fi
T}
.SP
\fB?\fIpattern\fB? T{
Searches in the reverse direction
for \fIpattern\fP.
T}
.SP
\fB?? T{
Repeats the most recent search,
moving in the reverse direction
through the buffer.
T}
.TE

179
docs/USD.doc/vi.man/spell.ok
View File

@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
Ar
Bostic
CDPATH
COLUMNSXX
Cscope
Ds
EXINIT
Ee
Ev
Fa
Ff
Fl
HUnhsh
IPLPPPQPP
LIpplpipbp
Li
Lite
NEXINIT
NHSHH
Nex
Nn
POSIX
Pp
QQ
SIGWINCHXX
Std
Sy
TMPDIR
Tt
USD
Unmap
VI
Vi
XXXX
ZZ
ags
ai
altwerase
ap
autoindent
autoprint
autowrite
aw
bf
bigwords
cd
cdpath
cedit
cmd
co
creens
cs
ctags
db
dbopen
dd
di
dir
dit
doc
docs
eFRrsv
eFRrv
eFlRrv
ead
eb
edcompatible
egrep
elete
errorbells
esc
exrc
exu
fg
filec
hange
hardtabs
ht
ic
iclower
ignorecase
ile
ind
ious
ist
ize
keytime
leftright
lhs
li
libc
lobal
lp
matchtime
mber
mesg
mk
modeful
modeline
modelines
nex
nexrc
nk
nonblank
nooption
noprint
nsert
nul
nvi
oin
onnections
ove
ppend
prev
pu
readonly
rec
recdir
redist
rhs
rint
rk
ro
rsion
sccs
scr
se
searchincr
sh
shareware
shellmeta
shiftwidth
showmatch
showmode
sidescroll
slowopen
sm
smd
sourceany
su
sual
sw
ta
tabstop
taglength
tagn
tagp
tagstring
th's
tildeop
tl
tmp
tr
ts
ttytype
ttywerase
ubstitute
uffers
uit
unm
urce
var
ve
vi
viu
wa
wi
windowname
wl
wm
wn
wq
wraplen
wrapmargin
wrapscan
writeany
ws
ya
yy

32
docs/USD.doc/vi.ref/Makefile
View File

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.20 (Berkeley) 8/18/96
MACROS= -me
ROFF= groff
TBL= tbl
all: vi.ref.txt vi.ref.ps
vi.ref.txt: vi.ref index.so
soelim vi.ref | ${TBL} | groff ${MACROS} -Tascii > $@
rm -f index
chmod 444 $@
vi.ref.ps: vi.ref index.so
soelim vi.ref | ${TBL} | ${ROFF} ${MACROS} > $@
rm -f index
chmod 444 $@
index.so: vi.ref
# Build index.so, side-effect of building the paper.
soelim vi.ref | ${TBL} | ${ROFF} ${MACROS} > /dev/null
sed -e 's/MINUSSIGN/\\-/' \
-e 's/DOUBLEQUOTE/""/' \
-e "s/SQUOTE/'/" \
-e 's/ /__SPACE/g' < index | \
sort -u '-t ' +0 -1 +1n | awk -f merge.awk | \
sed -e 's/__SPACE/ /g' > $@
rm -f index
chmod 444 $@
clean:
rm -f vi.ref.ps vi.ref.txt index index.so

1924
docs/USD.doc/vi.ref/ex.cmd.roff
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

260
docs/USD.doc/vi.ref/index.so
View File

@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
! 21, 42
"" 42
# 22, 43
$ 22
% 22
& 23, 51
'<character> 23
( 23
) 24
* 43
+ 19
, 24
. 24
/RE/ 25
0 25
0<control-D> 38
: 26
; 26
< 26, 43
<carriage-return> 14
<control-A> 17
<control-B> 17
<control-D> 17, 38, 42
<control-E> 18
<control-F> 18
<control-G> 18
<control-H> 18, 39
<control-J> 19
<control-L> 19
<control-M> 19
<control-N> 19
<control-P> 19
<control-R> 19
<control-T> 19, 38
<control-U> 20
<control-W> 20, 39
<control-X> 39
<control-Y> 20
<control-Z> 20, 52
<control-]> 20
<control-^> 21
<end-of-file> 40, 42
<erase> 39
<escape> 20, 39
<interrupt> 12, 37, 39
<line erase> 39
<literal-next> 12, 39
<newline> 14
<nul> 38
<space> 21
<word erase> 39
= 43
> 26, 43
?RE? 25
@ 26, 43
A 27
B 27
C 27
D 27
E 28
F 28
G 28
H 28
I 28
J 29
L 29
M 29
N 25
O 29
P 29
Q 30
R 30
S 30
T 30
U 30
W 31
X 31
Y 31
ZZ 31
[[ 31
\- 24
]] 32
^ 32
^<control-D> 38
_ 32
`<character> 23
a 32
abbrev 43
alternate pathname 13
altwerase 56
append 44
args 44
autoindent 56
autoprint 56
autowrite 57
b 32
backup 57
beautify 57
bg 44
bigword 16
buffer 13
c 33
cd 45
cdpath 57
cedit 57
change 45
chdir 45
columns 58
comment 58
copy 45
count 16, 41
cscope 45
current pathname 12
d 33
delete 45
directory 58
display 45
e 33
edcompatible 58
edit 46
errorbells 58
escapetime 58
exrc 58
extended 58
exusage 46
f 33
fg 46
file 41, 46
filec 58
flags 41
flash 59
global 47
hardtabs 59
help 47
i 33
iclower 59
ignorecase 59
insert 47
j 19
join 47
k 19, 48
keytime 59
l 21
leftright 59
line 41
lines 59
lisp 59
list 48, 59
lock 59
m 34
magic 60
map 48
mark 48
matchtime 60
mesg 60
mkexrc 49
modelines 60
motion 15
move 48
msgcat 60
n 25
next 49
noprint 60
number 43, 61
o 34
octal 61
open 49, 61
optimize 61
p 34
paragraph 16
paragraphs 61
path 61
preserve 49
previous 49
previous context 15
print 50, 61
prompt 61
put 50
quit 50
r 34
range 41
read 50
readonly 61
recdir 62
recover 50
redraw 62
remap 62
report 62
resize 50
rewind 51
ruler 62
s 34
scroll 62
searchincr 62
section 17
sections 63
secure 63
sentence 17
set 51
shell 51, 63
shellmeta 63
shiftwidth 63
showmatch 63
showmode 63
sidescroll 63
slowopen 63
source 51
sourceany 64
stop 52
substitute 51
suspend 52
t 35, 45
tabstop 64
tag 52
taglength 64
tagnext 52
tagpop 53
tagprev 53
tags 64
tagtop 53
term 64
terse 64
tildeop 64
timeout 64
ttywerase 64
u 35
unabbrev 53
undo 53
unmap 54
unnamed buffer 14
v 47
verbose 64
version 54
visual 54
viusage 54
w 35
w1200 64
w300 64
w9600 64
warn 65
whitespace 14
window 65
windowname 65
wn 54
word 16
wq 54
wraplen 65
wrapmargin 65
wrapscan 65
write 54
writeany 66
x 35
xit 55
y 35
yank 55
z 36, 55
{ 36
| 36
} 37
~ 37, 51

16
docs/USD.doc/vi.ref/merge.awk
View File

@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
# @(#)merge.awk 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/25/94
#
# merge index entries into one line per label
$1 == prev {
printf ", %s", $2;
next;
}
{
if (NR != 1)
printf "\n";
printf "%s \t%s", $1, $2;
prev = $1;
}
END {
printf "\n"
}

103
docs/USD.doc/vi.ref/ref.so
View File

@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1994
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\" Copyright (c) 1994, 1995, 1996
.\" Keith Bostic. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" See the LICENSE file for redistribution information.
.\"
.\" @(#)ref.so 8.9 (Berkeley) 8/17/96
.\"
.\"
.\" indented paragraph, with spaces between the items, bold font
.de IP
.\".tm arg 1 \\$1 arg 2 \\$2 arg 3 \\$3
.sp 1
.nr PS \\n(ps
.nr ps 0
.ip "\fB\\$1\fP" \\$2
.nr ps \\n(PS
.br
..
.\" indented paragraph, no spaces between the items, bold font
.de Ip
.\".tm arg 1 \\$1 arg 2 \\$2 arg 3 \\$3
.nr PS \\n(ps
.nr ps 0
.ns
.ip "\fB\\$1\fP" \\$2
.nr ps \\n(PS
.br
..
.\" start nested .IP
.de SS
.sp
.ba +5n
..
.\" end nested .IP
.de SE
.ba -5n
..
.\" nested .IP, no spaces, normal font
.de SP
.\".tm arg 1 \\$1 arg 2 \\$2 arg 3 \\$3
.nr PS \\n(ps
.nr ps 0
.ns
.ip "\\$1" 9n
.nr ps \\n(PS
..
.\" typewriter font
.de LI
\&\fC\\$1\fP\\$2
..
.\" ex/vi names in command font
.de EV
\&\fB\\$1\fP/\fB\\$2\fP\\$3
..
.\" command names
.de CO
\&\fB\\$1\fP\\$2
..
.\" key words for index
.de KY
.sy echo >>index '\\$1 \\n%'
..
.\" option names
.de OP
\&\fB\\$1\fP\\$2
..
.\" paren quoted (typewriter font)
.de PQ
(\*(lq\fC\\$1\fP\*(rq)\\$2
..
.\" quoted bold
.de QB
\*(lq\fB\\$1\fP\*(rq\\$2
..
.\" quoted command
.de QC
\*(lq\fB\\$1\fP\*(rq\\$2
..
.\" quoted option
.de QO
\*(lq\fB\\$1\fP\*(rq\\$2
..
.\" quoted (no font change)
.de QQ
\*(lq\\$1\*(rq\\$2
..
.\" quoted (typewriter font)
.de QT
\*(lq\fC\\$1\fP\*(rq\\$2
..
.\" section macro to build TOC
.de SH
.(x
\\$2
.)x
.sh \\$1 "\\$2"
..
.\" manual section
.de XR
\&\fI\\$1\fP(\\$2)\\$3
..

1303
docs/USD.doc/vi.ref/set.opt.roff
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

414
docs/USD.doc/vi.ref/spell.ok
View File

@ -1,414 +0,0 @@
ABC
Amir
Autoindent
Autoprint
BRE's
Bostic
Bourne
CDPATH
CSCOPE
Cscope
DIRS
DOUBLEQUOTE
Dq
Ds
ERE's
EXINIT
Englar
Ev
FF
Fa
Fg
FindScreen
Fl
Foregrounding
HUnhsh
IPLPPPQPP
Kirkendall
Korn
LC
LIpplpipbp
LaA
Li
Lowercase
MINUSSIGN
Makefiles
Mayoff
NEX
NEXINIT
NHSHH
NVI
Neville
Nex
Nvi
OS
POSIX
Perl
PostScript
QQ
RE's
README
RECDIR
Reference''USD:13
SENDMAIL
SIGHUP
SIGWINCH
SQUOTE
Se
Std
Std1003.2
Sven
Sy
TANDARDS
TIOCGWINSZ
TMPDIR
TOC
Tagnext
Tagprev
Tcl
Tk
Todo
USD
USD.doc
USD:13
UUNET
Unmap
VI
Verdoolaege
Vi
Vx
Whitespace
XOFF
XON
XOptions
XXCOLUMNS
XXXX
XXXXXX
XXb
ZZ
ab
abbrev
abc
ags
ai
al
altwerase
ap
api
ar
arg
args
att
autoindent
autoprint
autowrite
aw
backgrounded
backgrounding
bbrev
berkeley
bf
bg
bigword
bigwords
bostic
bp
brev
bsd
bugs.current
c2w
carat
cd
cdpath
cdy
cedit
changelog
chd
chdir
cmd
co
count1
count2
creens
cs
cs.berkeley.edu
cscope
ctags
cw
db
dbopen
dd
def
di
dir
dit
docs
eE
eFlRsv
eFlRv
eL
eU
ead
eb
edcompatible
edu
ee
egrep
elete
elp
elvis
email
enum
eof
errorbells
esc
escapetime
eset
eu
ex.cmd.roff
exrc
ext
exu
exusage
fcntl
fg
fi
filec
filesystem
filesystems
foo
foregrounded
foregrounding
ftp.cs.berkeley.edu
ftp.uu.net
gdb
gdb.script
getpwent
gs
gzip'd
halfbyte
hange
hangup
hardtabs
ht
html
http
ic
iclower
ifdef
ignorecase
ile
ind
initially
ious
ir
iscntrl
isprint
ist
ize
keystroke
keystrokes
keytime
leftright
lhs
li
lib
libc
libc.tags
lineNum
lineNumber
lobal
lowercase
lp
luR
matchtime
mber
mesg
meta
mk
mkexrc
modeful
modeline
modelines
ms
msgcat
ndo
nex
nexrc
nk
nomagic
nonblank
nonoverlapping
nooption
noprint
nsert
nul
nvi
nvi.tar.Z
nvi.tar.z
nz
oin
onnections
op
ove
para
pathname
pathnames
pe
perl
perld
ppend
prev
pu
py
rc
rc.local
readonly
rec
recdir
recfile
recover.XXXX
recover.XXXXXX
recover.c
recover.script
redist
redistributable
reimplementations
remapmax
remapped
repl
res
rew
rhs
rint
ript
rk
rl
ro
roff
rsion
sc
sccs
scr
screeen
screenId
se
searchincr
sendmail
set.opt.roff
settable
setuid
sh
shareware
shellmeta
shiftwidth
showmatch
showmode
sidescroll
slowopen
sm
smd
sourceany
sp
spell.ok
ssg
st
su
sual
svi
sw
ta
tabstop
taglength
tagn
tagnext
tagp
tagpop
tagprev
tagstring
tagt
tagtop
tc
tcl
tclproc
terminfo
th
th's
tildeop
tl
tmp
toolchest
tpath
tr
ts
ttytype
ttywerase
uR
ubstitute
ucb
uffers
uit
una
unabbrev
unescaped
unm
unmap
unsets
uppercase
urce
usr
uunet
v
var
ve
vi
vi.0.ps
vi.0.txt
vi.1
vi.XXXX
vi.XXXXXX
vi.cmd.roff
vi.exrc
vi.recover
viAppendLine
viDelLine
viEndScreen
viFindScreen
viGetCursor
viGetLine
viGetMark
viGetOpt
viInsertLine
viLastLine
viMapKey
viMsg
viNewScreen
viSetCursor
viSetLine
viSetMark
viSetOpt
viSwitchScreen
viUnmMapKey
vibackup
virecovery
viu
viusage
wa
whitespace
wi
windowname
wl
wm
wn
wq
wraplen
wrapmargin
wrapscan
writeany
ws
www
xaw
xit
xterm
ya
yy

3085
docs/USD.doc/vi.ref/vi.cmd.roff
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1840
docs/USD.doc/vi.ref/vi.ref
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

22
docs/USD.doc/vitut/Makefile
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
# @(#)Makefile 8.7 (Berkeley) 8/18/96
MACROS= -ms
ROFF= groff
TBL= tbl
all: vitut.ps summary.ps viapwh.ps
vitut.ps: vi.in vi.chars
${TBL} vi.in vi.chars | ${ROFF} ${MACROS} > $@
chmod 444 $@
summary.ps: vi.summary
${TBL} vi.summary | ${ROFF} ${MACROS} > $@
chmod 444 $@
viapwh.ps: vi.apwh.ms
${TBL} vi.apwh.ms | ${ROFF} ${MACROS} > $@
chmod 444 $@
clean:
rm -f vitut.ps summary.ps viapwh.ps

1081
docs/USD.doc/vitut/vi.apwh.ms
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

645
docs/USD.doc/vitut/vi.chars
View File

@ -1,645 +0,0 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)vi.chars 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/27/96
.\"
.bd S 3
.pn 21
.de iP
.IP "\fB\\$1\fR" \\$2
..
.SH
Appendix: character functions
.PP
This appendix gives the uses the editor makes of each character. The
characters are presented in their order in the \s-2ASCII\s0 character
set: Control characters come first, then most special characters, then
the digits, upper and then lower case characters.
.PP
For each character we tell a meaning it has as a command and any meaning it
has during an insert.
If it has only meaning as a command, then only this is discussed.
Section numbers in parentheses indicate where the character is discussed;
a `f' after the section number means that the character is mentioned
in a footnote.
.iP "^@" 15
Not a command character.
If typed as the first character of an insertion it is replaced with the
last text inserted, and the insert terminates. Only 128 characters are
saved from the last insert; if more characters were inserted the mechanism
is not available.
A \fB^@\fR cannot be part of the file due to the editor implementation
(7.5f).
.iP "^A" 15
Unused.
.iP "^B" 15
Backward window.
A count specifies repetition.
Two lines of continuity are kept if possible (2.1, 6.1, 7.2).
.iP "^C" 15
Unused.
.iP "^D" 15
As a command, scrolls down a half-window of text.
A count gives the number of (logical) lines to scroll, and is remembered
for future \fB^D\fR and \fB^U\fR commands (2.1, 7.2).
During an insert, backtabs over \fIautoindent\fR white space at the beginning
of a line (6.6, 7.5); this white space cannot be backspaced over.
.iP "^E" 15
Exposes one more line below the current screen in the file, leaving
the cursor where it is if possible.
(Version 3 only.)
.iP "^F" 15
Forward window. A count specifies repetition.
Two lines of continuity are kept if possible (2.1, 6.1, 7.2).
.iP "^G" 15
Equivalent to \fB:f\fR\s-2CR\s0, printing the current file, whether
it has been modified, the current line number and the number of lines
in the file, and the percentage of the way through the file that you
are.
.iP "^H (\fR\s-2BS\s0\fP)" 15
Same as
.B "left arrow" .
(See
.B h ).
During an insert, eliminates the last input character, backing over it
but not erasing it; it remains so you can see what you typed if you
wish to type something only slightly different (3.1, 7.5).
.iP "^I\ (\fR\s-2TAB\s0\fP)" 15
Not a command character.
When inserted it prints as some
number of spaces.
When the cursor is at a tab character it rests at the last of the spaces
which represent the tab.
The spacing of tabstops is controlled by the \fItabstop\fR option (4.1, 6.6).
.iP "^J\ (\fR\s-2LF\s0\fP)" 15
Same as
.B "down arrow"
(see
.B j ).
.iP "^K" 15
Unused.
.iP "^L" 15
The \s-2ASCII\s0 formfeed character, this causes the screen to be cleared
and redrawn. This is useful after a transmission error, if characters
typed by a program other than the editor scramble the screen,
or after output is stopped by an interrupt (5.4, 7.2f).
.ne 1i
.iP "^M\ (\fR\s-2CR\s0\fP)" 15
A carriage return advances to the next line, at the first non-white position
in the line. Given a count, it advances that many lines (2.3).
During an insert, a \s-2CR\s0 causes the insert to continue onto
another line (3.1).
.iP "^N" 15
Same as
.B "down arrow"
(see
.B j ).
.iP "^O" 15
Unused.
.iP "^P" 15
Same as
.B "up arrow"
(see
.B k ).
.iP "^Q" 15
Not a command character.
In input mode,
.B ^Q
quotes the next character, the same as
.B ^V ,
except that some teletype drivers will eat the
.B ^Q
so that the editor never sees it.
.iP "^R" 15
Redraws the current screen, eliminating logical lines not corresponding
to physical lines (lines with only a single @ character on them).
On hardcopy terminals in \fIopen\fR mode, retypes the current line
(5.4, 7.2, 7.8).
.iP "^S" 15
Unused. Some teletype drivers use
.B ^S
to suspend output until
.B ^Q is pressed.
.iP "^T" 15
Not a command character.
During an insert, with \fIautoindent\fR set and at the beginning of the
line, inserts \fIshiftwidth\fR white space.
.iP "^U" 15
Scrolls the screen up, inverting \fB^D\fR which scrolls down. Counts work as
they do for \fB^D\fR, and the previous scroll amount is common to both.
On a dumb terminal, \fB^U\fR will often necessitate clearing and redrawing
the screen further back in the file (2.1, 7.2).
.iP "^V" 15
Not a command character.
In input mode, quotes the next character so that it is possible
to insert non-printing and special characters into the file (4.2, 7.5).
.iP "^W" 15
Not a command character.
During an insert, backs up as \fBb\fR would in command mode; the deleted
characters remain on the display (see \fB^H\fR) (7.5).
.iP "^X" 15
Unused.
.iP "^Y" 15
Exposes one more line above the current screen, leaving the cursor where
it is if possible. (No mnemonic value for this key; however, it is next
to \fB^U\fR which scrolls up a bunch.)
(Version 3 only.)
.iP "^Z" 15
If supported by the Unix system,
stops the editor, exiting to the top level shell.
Same as \fB:stop\fP\s-2CR\s0.
Otherwise, unused.
.iP "^[\ (\fR\s-2ESC\s0\fP)" 15
Cancels a partially formed command, such as a \fBz\fR when no following
character has yet been given; terminates inputs on the last line (read
by commands such as \fB: /\fR and \fB?\fR); ends insertions of new text
into the buffer.
If an \s-2ESC\s0 is given when quiescent in command state, the editor
rings the bell or flashes the screen. You can thus hit \s-2ESC\s0 if
you don't know what is happening till the editor rings the bell.
If you don't know if you are in insert mode you can type \s-2ESC\s0\fBa\fR,
and then material to be input; the material will be inserted correctly
whether or not you were in insert mode when you started (1.5, 3.1, 7.5).
.iP "^\e" 15
Unused.
.iP "^]" 15
Searches for the word which is after the cursor as a tag. Equivalent
to typing \fB:ta\fR, this word, and then a \s-2CR\s0.
Mnemonically, this command is ``go right to'' (7.3).
.iP "^\(ua" 15
Equivalent to \fB:e #\fR\s-2CR\s0, returning to the previous position
in the last edited file, or editing a file which you specified if you
got a `No write since last change diagnostic' and do not want to have
to type the file name again (7.3).
(You have to do a \fB:w\fR before \fB^\(ua\fR
will work in this case. If you do not wish to write the file you should
do \fB:e!\ #\fR\s-2CR\s0 instead.)
.iP "^_" 15
Unused.
Reserved as the command character for the
Tektronix 4025 and 4027 terminal.
.iP "\fR\s-2SPACE\s0\fP" 15
Same as
.B "right arrow"
(see
.B l ).
.iP "!" 15
An operator, which processes lines from the buffer with reformatting commands.
Follow \fB!\fR with the object to be processed, and then the command name
terminated by \s-2CR\s0. Doubling \fB!\fR and preceding it by a count
causes count lines to be filtered; otherwise the count
is passed on to the object after the \fB!\fR. Thus \fB2!}\fR\fIfmt\fR\s-2CR\s0
reformats the next two paragraphs by running them through the program
\fIfmt\fR. If you are working on \s-2LISP\s0,
the command \fB!%\fR\fIgrind\fR\s-2CR\s0,*
.FS
*Both
.I fmt
and
.I grind
are Berkeley programs and may not be present at all installations.
.FE
given at the beginning of a
function, will run the text of the function through the \s-2LISP\s0 grinder
(6.7, 7.3).
To read a file or the output of a command into the buffer use \fB:r\fR (7.3).
To simply execute a command use \fB:!\fR (7.3).
.tr "
.iP  15
Precedes a named buffer specification. There are named buffers \fB1\-9\fR
used for saving deleted text and named buffers \fBa\-z\fR into which you can
place text (4.3, 6.3)
.tr 
.iP "#" 15
The macro character which, when followed by a number, will substitute
for a function key on terminals without function keys (6.9).
In input mode,
if this is your erase character, it will delete the last character
you typed in input mode, and must be preceded with a \fB\e\fR to insert
it, since it normally backs over the last input character you gave.
.iP "$" 15
Moves to the end of the current line. If you \fB:se list\fR\s-2CR\s0,
then the end of each line will be shown by printing a \fB$\fR after the
end of the displayed text in the line. Given a count, advances to the
count'th following end of line; thus \fB2$\fR advances to the end of the
following line.
.iP "%" 15
Moves to the parenthesis or brace \fB{ }\fR which balances the parenthesis
or brace at the current cursor position.
.iP "&" 15
A synonym for \fB:&\fR\s-2CR\s0, by analogy with the
.I ex
.B &
command.
.iP "\(aa" 15
When followed by a \fB\(aa\fR returns to the previous context at the
beginning of a line. The previous context is set whenever the current
line is moved in a non-relative way.
When followed by a letter \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR, returns to the line which
was marked with this letter with a \fBm\fR command, at the first non-white
character in the line. (2.2, 5.3).
When used with an operator such as \fBd\fR, the operation takes place
over complete lines; if you use \fB\(ga\fR, the operation takes place
from the exact marked place to the current cursor position within the
line.
.iP "(" 15
Retreats to the beginning of a
sentence, or to the beginning of a \s-2LISP\s0 s-expression
if the \fIlisp\fR option is set.
A sentence ends at a \fB. !\fR or \fB?\fR which is followed by either
the end of a line or by two spaces. Any number of closing \fB) ] "\fR
and \fB\(aa\fR characters may appear after the \fB. !\fR or \fB?\fR,
and before the spaces or end of line. Sentences also begin
at paragraph and section boundaries
(see \fB{\fR and \fB[[\fR below).
A count advances that many sentences (4.2, 6.8).
.iP ")" 15
Advances to the beginning of a sentence.
A count repeats the effect.
See \fB(\fR above for the definition of a sentence (4.2, 6.8).
.iP "*" 15
Unused.
.iP "+" 15
Same as \s-2CR\s0 when used as a command.
.iP "," 15
Reverse of the last \fBf F t\fR or \fBT\fR command, looking the other way
in the current line. Especially useful after hitting too many \fB;\fR
characters. A count repeats the search.
.iP "\-" 15
Retreats to the previous line at the first non-white character.
This is the inverse of \fB+\fR and \s-2RETURN\s0.
If the line moved to is not on the screen, the screen is scrolled, or
cleared and redrawn if this is not possible.
If a large amount of scrolling would be required the screen is also cleared
and redrawn, with the current line at the center (2.3).
.iP "\&." 15
Repeats the last command which changed the buffer. Especially useful
when deleting words or lines; you can delete some words/lines and then
hit \fB.\fR to delete more and more words/lines.
Given a count, it passes it on to the command being repeated. Thus after
a \fB2dw\fR, \fB3.\fR deletes three words (3.3, 6.3, 7.2, 7.4).
.iP "/" 15
Reads a string from the last line on the screen, and scans forward for
the next occurrence of this string. The normal input editing sequences may
be used during the input on the bottom line; an returns to command state
without ever searching.
The search begins when you hit \s-2CR\s0 to terminate the pattern;
the cursor moves to the beginning of the last line to indicate that the search
is in progress; the search may then
be terminated with a \s-2DEL\s0 or \s-2RUB\s0, or by backspacing when
at the beginning of the bottom line, returning the cursor to
its initial position.
Searches normally wrap end-around to find a string
anywhere in the buffer.
.IP
When used with an operator the enclosed region is normally affected.
By mentioning an
offset from the line matched by the pattern you can force whole lines
to be affected. To do this give a pattern with a closing
a closing \fB/\fR and then an offset \fB+\fR\fIn\fR or \fB\-\fR\fIn\fR.
.IP
To include the character \fB/\fR in the search string, you must escape
it with a preceding \fB\e\fR.
A \fB\(ua\fR at the beginning of the pattern forces the match to occur
at the beginning of a line only; this speeds the search. A \fB$\fR at
the end of the pattern forces the match to occur at the end of a line
only.
More extended pattern matching is available, see section 7.4;
unless you set \fBnomagic\fR in your \fI\&.exrc\fR file you will have
to preceed the characters \fB. [ *\fR and \fB~\fR in the search pattern
with a \fB\e\fR to get them to work as you would naively expect (1.5, 2,2,
6.1, 7.2, 7.4).
.iP "0" 15
Moves to the first character on the current line.
Also used, in forming numbers, after an initial \fB1\fR\-\fB9\fR.
.iP "1\-9" 15
Used to form numeric arguments to commands (2.3, 7.2).
.iP ":" 15
A prefix to a set of commands for file and option manipulation and escapes
to the system. Input is given on the bottom line and terminated with
an \s-2CR\s0, and the command then executed. You can return to where
you were by hitting \s-2DEL\s0 or \s-2RUB\s0 if you hit \fB:\fR accidentally
(see primarily 6.2 and 7.3).
.iP ";" 15
Repeats the last single character find which used \fBf F t\fR or \fBT\fR.
A count iterates the basic scan (4.1).
.iP "<" 15
An operator which shifts lines left one \fIshiftwidth\fR, normally 8
spaces. Like all operators, affects lines when repeated, as in
\fB<<\fR. Counts are passed through to the basic object, thus \fB3<<\fR
shifts three lines (6.6, 7.2).
.iP "=" 15
Reindents line for \s-2LISP\s0, as though they were typed in with \fIlisp\fR
and \fIautoindent\fR set (6.8).
.iP ">" 15
An operator which shifts lines right one \fIshiftwidth\fR, normally 8
spaces. Affects lines when repeated as in \fB>>\fR. Counts repeat the
basic object (6.6, 7.2).
.iP "?" 15
Scans backwards, the opposite of \fB/\fR. See the \fB/\fR description
above for details on scanning (2.2, 6.1, 7.4).
.iP "@" 15
A macro character (6.9). If this is your kill character, you must escape it with a \e
to type it in during input mode, as it normally backs over the input you
have given on the current line (3.1, 3.4, 7.5).
.iP "A" 15
Appends at the end of line, a synonym for \fB$a\fR (7.2).
.iP "B" 15
Backs up a word, where words are composed of non-blank sequences, placing
the cursor at the beginning of the word. A count repeats the effect
(2.4).
.iP "C" 15
Changes the rest of the text on the current line; a synonym for \fBc$\fR.
.iP "D" 15
Deletes the rest of the text on the current line; a synonym for \fBd$\fR.
.iP "E" 15
Moves forward to the end of a word, defined as blanks and non-blanks,
like \fBB\fR and \fBW\fR. A count repeats the effect.
.iP "F" 15
Finds a single following character, backwards in the current line.
A count repeats this search that many times (4.1).
.iP "G" 15
Goes to the line number given as preceding argument, or the end of the
file if no preceding count is given. The screen is redrawn with the
new current line in the center if necessary (7.2).
.iP "H" 15
.B "Home arrow" .
Homes the cursor to the top line on the screen. If a count is given,
then the cursor is moved to the count'th line on the screen.
In any case the cursor is moved to the first non-white character on the
line. If used as the target of an operator, full lines are affected
(2.3, 3.2).
.iP "I" 15
Inserts at the beginning of a line; a synonym for \fB\(uai\fR.
.iP "J" 15
Joins together lines, supplying appropriate white space: one space between
words, two spaces after a \fB.\fR, and no spaces at all if the first
character of the joined on line is \fB)\fR. A count causes that many
lines to be joined rather than the default two (6.5, 7.1f).
.iP "K" 15
Unused.
.iP "L" 15
Moves the cursor to the first non-white character of the last line on
the screen. With a count, to the first non-white of the count'th line
from the bottom. Operators affect whole lines when used with \fBL\fR
(2.3).
.iP "M" 15
Moves the cursor to the middle line on the screen, at the first non-white
position on the line (2.3).
.iP "N" 15
Scans for the next match of the last pattern given to
\fB/\fR or \fB?\fR, but in the reverse direction; this is the reverse
of \fBn\fR.
.iP "O" 15
Opens a new line above the current line and inputs text there up to an
\s-2ESC\s0. A count can be used on dumb terminals to specify a number
of lines to be opened; this is generally obsolete, as the \fIslowopen\fR
option works better (3.1).
.iP "P" 15
Puts the last deleted text back before/above the cursor. The text goes
back as whole lines above the cursor if it was deleted as whole lines.
Otherwise the text is inserted between the characters before and at the
cursor. May be preceded by a named buffer specification \fB"\fR\fIx\fR
to retrieve the contents of the buffer; buffers \fB1\fR\-\fB9\fR contain
deleted material, buffers \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR are available for general
use (6.3).
.iP "Q" 15
Quits from \fIvi\fR to \fIex\fR command mode. In this mode, whole lines
form commands, ending with a \s-2RETURN\s0. You can give all the \fB:\fR
commands; the editor supplies the \fB:\fR as a prompt (7.7).
.iP "R" 15
Replaces characters on the screen with characters you type (overlay fashion).
Terminates with an \s-2ESC\s0.
.iP "S" 15
Changes whole lines, a synonym for \fBcc\fR. A count substitutes for
that many lines. The lines are saved in the numeric buffers, and erased
on the screen before the substitution begins.
.iP "T" 15
Takes a single following character, locates the character before the
cursor in the current line, and places the cursor just after that character.
A count repeats the effect. Most useful with operators such as \fBd\fR
(4.1).
.iP "U" 15
Restores the current line to its state before you started changing it
(3.5).
.iP "V" 15
Unused.
.iP "W" 15
Moves forward to the beginning of a word in the current line,
where words are defined as sequences of blank/non-blank characters.
A count repeats the effect (2.4).
.iP "X" 15
Deletes the character before the cursor. A count repeats the effect,
but only characters on the current line are deleted.
.iP "Y" 15
Yanks a copy of the current line into the unnamed buffer, to be put back
by a later \fBp\fR or \fBP\fR; a very useful synonym for \fByy\fR.
A count yanks that many lines. May be preceded by a buffer name to put
lines in that buffer (7.4).
.iP "ZZ" 15
Exits the editor.
(Same as \fB:x\fP\s-2CR\s0.)
If any changes have been made, the buffer is written out to the current file.
Then the editor quits.
.iP "[[" 15
Backs up to the previous section boundary. A section begins at each
macro in the \fIsections\fR option,
normally a `.NH' or `.SH' and also at lines which which start
with a formfeed \fB^L\fR. Lines beginning with \fB{\fR also stop \fB[[\fR;
this makes it useful for looking backwards, a function at a time, in C
programs. If the option \fIlisp\fR is set, stops at each \fB(\fR at the
beginning of a line, and is thus useful for moving backwards at the top
level \s-2LISP\s0 objects. (4.2, 6.1, 6.6, 7.2).
.iP "\e" 15
Unused.
.iP "]]" 15
Forward to a section boundary, see \fB[[\fR for a definition (4.2, 6.1,
6.6, 7.2).
.iP "\(ua" 15
Moves to the first non-white position on the current line (4.4).
.iP "_" 15
Unused.
.iP "\(ga" 15
When followed by a \fB\(ga\fR returns to the previous context.
The previous context is set whenever the current
line is moved in a non-relative way.
When followed by a letter \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR, returns to the position which
was marked with this letter with a \fBm\fR command.
When used with an operator such as \fBd\fR, the operation takes place
from the exact marked place to the current position within the line;
if you use \fB\(aa\fR, the operation takes place over complete lines
(2.2, 5.3).
.iP "a" 15
Appends arbitrary text after the current cursor position; the insert
can continue onto multiple lines by using \s-2RETURN\s0 within the insert.
A count causes the inserted text to be replicated, but only if the inserted
text is all on one line.
The insertion terminates with an \s-2ESC\s0 (3.1, 7.2).
.iP "b" 15
Backs up to the beginning of a word in the current line. A word is a
sequence of alphanumerics, or a sequence of special characters.
A count repeats the effect (2.4).
.iP "c" 15
An operator which changes the following object, replacing it with the
following input text up to an \s-2ESC\s0. If more than part of a single
line is affected, the text which is changed away is saved in the numeric named
buffers. If only part of the current line is affected, then the last
character to be changed away is marked with a \fB$\fR.
A count causes that many objects to be affected, thus both
\fB3c)\fR and \fBc3)\fR change the following three sentences (7.4).
.iP "d" 15
An operator which deletes the following object. If more than part of
a line is affected, the text is saved in the numeric buffers.
A count causes that many objects to be affected; thus \fB3dw\fR is the
same as \fBd3w\fR (3.3, 3.4, 4.1, 7.4).
.iP "e" 15
Advances to the end of the next word, defined as for \fBb\fR and \fBw\fR.
A count repeats the effect (2.4, 3.1).
.iP "f" 15
Finds the first instance of the next character following the cursor on
the current line. A count repeats the find (4.1).
.iP "g" 15
Unused.
.sp
Arrow keys
.B h ,
.B j ,
.B k ,
.B l ,
and
.B H .
.iP "h" 15
.B "Left arrow" .
Moves the cursor one character to the left.
Like the other arrow keys, either
.B h ,
the
.B "left arrow"
key, or one of the synonyms (\fB^H\fP) has the same effect.
On v2 editors, arrow keys on certain kinds of terminals
(those which send escape sequences, such as vt52, c100, or hp)
cannot be used.
A count repeats the effect (3.1, 7.5).
.iP "i" 15
Inserts text before the cursor, otherwise like \fBa\fR (7.2).
.iP "j" 15
.B "Down arrow" .
Moves the cursor one line down in the same column.
If the position does not exist,
.I vi
comes as close as possible to the same column.
Synonyms include
.B ^J
(linefeed) and
.B ^N .
.iP "k" 15
.B "Up arrow" .
Moves the cursor one line up.
.B ^P
is a synonym.
.iP "l" 15
.B "Right arrow" .
Moves the cursor one character to the right.
\s-2SPACE\s0 is a synonym.
.iP "m" 15
Marks the current position of the cursor in the mark register which is
specified by the next character \fBa\fR\-\fBz\fR. Return to this position
or use with an operator using \fB\(ga\fR or \fB\(aa\fR (5.3).
.iP "n" 15
Repeats the last \fB/\fR or \fB?\fR scanning commands (2.2).
.iP "o" 15
Opens new lines below the current line; otherwise like \fBO\fR (3.1).
.iP "p" 15
Puts text after/below the cursor; otherwise like \fBP\fR (6.3).
.iP "q" 15
Unused.
.iP "r" 15
Replaces the single character at the cursor with a single character you
type. The new character may be a \s-2RETURN\s0; this is the easiest
way to split lines. A count replaces each of the following count characters
with the single character given; see \fBR\fR above which is the more
usually useful iteration of \fBr\fR (3.2).
.iP "s" 15
Changes the single character under the cursor to the text which follows
up to an \s-2ESC\s0; given a count, that many characters from the current
line are changed. The last character to be changed is marked with \fB$\fR
as in \fBc\fR (3.2).
.iP "t" 15
Advances the cursor upto the character before the next character typed.
Most useful with operators such as \fBd\fR and \fBc\fR to delete the
characters up to a following character. You can use \fB.\fR to delete
more if this doesn't delete enough the first time (4.1).
.iP "u" 15
Undoes the last change made to the current buffer. If repeated, will
alternate between these two states, thus is its own inverse. When used
after an insert which inserted text on more than one line, the lines are
saved in the numeric named buffers (3.5).
.iP "v" 15
Unused.
.iP "w" 15
Advances to the beginning of the next word, as defined by \fBb\fR (2.4).
.iP "x" 15
Deletes the single character under the cursor. With a count deletes
deletes that many characters forward from the cursor position, but only
on the current line (6.5).
.iP "y" 15
An operator, yanks the following object into the unnamed temporary buffer.
If preceded by a named buffer specification, \fB"\fR\fIx\fR, the text
is placed in that buffer also. Text can be recovered by a later \fBp\fR
or \fBP\fR (7.4).
.iP "z" 15
Redraws the screen with the current line placed as specified by the following
character: \s-2RETURN\s0 specifies the top of the screen, \fB.\fR the
center of the screen, and \fB\-\fR at the bottom of the screen.
A count may be given after the \fBz\fR and before the following character
to specify the new screen size for the redraw.
A count before the \fBz\fR gives the number of the line to place in the
center of the screen instead of the default current line. (5.4)
.iP "{" 15
Retreats to the beginning of the beginning of the preceding paragraph.
A paragraph begins at each macro in the \fIparagraphs\fR option, normally
`.IP', `.LP', `.PP', `.QP' and `.bp'.
A paragraph also begins after a completely
empty line, and at each section boundary (see \fB[[\fR above) (4.2, 6.8,
7.6).
.iP "|" 15
Places the cursor on the character in the column specified
by the count (7.1, 7.2).
.iP "}" 15
Advances to the beginning of the next paragraph. See \fB{\fR for the
definition of paragraph (4.2, 6.8, 7.6).
.iP "~" 15
Unused.
.iP "^?\ (\s-2\fRDEL\fP\s0)" 15
Interrupts the editor, returning it to command accepting state (1.5,
7.5)
.bp
\&.

2074
docs/USD.doc/vitut/vi.in
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

468
docs/USD.doc/vitut/vi.summary
View File

@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
.\" This product includes software developed by the University of
.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors.
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" @(#)vi.summary 8.3 (Berkeley) 8/18/96
.\"
.ds CH
.ds CF
.de TS
.br
.if !\\n(1T .RT
.ul 0
.ti \\n(.iu
.if t .sp 0.25
.if n .sp
.if \\$1H .TQ
.nr IX 1
..
.nr PS 9
.ps 9
.nr VS 11
.vs 11
.nr HM .50i
.nr FM .25i
.nr PO 1.0i
.po 1.0i
.nr LL 4.5i
.ll 4.5i
.de nc
.bp
..
.de h
.LG
.B
\\$1
.R
.NL
..
.LG
.LG
.B
.ce
Ex Quick Reference
.R
.NL
.LP
.LP
.h "Entering/leaving ex"
.TS
aw(1.4i)b aw(1.8i).
% ex \fIname\fP edit \fIname\fP, start at end
% ex +\fIn\fP \fIname\fP ... at line \fIn\fP
% ex \-t \fItag\fP start at \fItag\fP
% ex \-r list saved files
% ex \-r \fIname\fP recover file \fIname\fP
% ex \fIname\fP ... edit first; rest via \fB:n\fP
% ex \-R \fIname\fP read only mode
: x exit, saving changes
: q! exit, discarding changes
.TE
.h "Ex states"
.TS
lw(1i) lw(2.0i).
Command T{
Normal and initial state. Input prompted for by \fB:\fP.
Your kill character cancels partial command.
T}
Insert T{
Entered by \fBa\fP \fBi\fP and \fBc\fP.
Arbitrary text then terminates with line having only \fB.\fP
character on it or abnormally with interrupt.
T}
Open/visual T{
Entered by \fBopen\fP or \fBvi\fP, terminates with \fBQ\fP
or ^\e.
T}
.TE
.h "Ex commands"
.TS
lw(.45i) lw(.08i)b lw(.45i) lw(.08i)b lw(.45i) lw(.08i)b.
abbrev ab next n unabbrev una
append a number nu undo u
args ar open o unmap unm
change c preserve pre version ve
copy co print p visual vi
delete d put pu write w
edit e quit q xit x
file f read re yank ya
global g recover rec \fIwindow\fP z
insert i rewind rew \fIescape\fP !
join j set se \fIlshift\fP <
list l shell sh \fIprint next\fP \fRCR\fP
map source so \fIresubst\fP &
mark ma stop st \fIrshift\fP >
move m substitute s \fIscroll\fP ^D
.TE
.h "Ex command addresses"
.TS
lw(.3i)b lw(0.8i) lw(.3i)b lw(0.8i).
\fIn\fP line \fIn\fP /\fIpat\fP next with \fIpat\fP
\&. current ?\fIpat\fP previous with \fIpat\fP
$ last \fIx\fP-\fIn\fP \fIn\fP before \fIx\fP
+ next \fIx\fP,\fIy\fP \fIx\fP through \fIy\fP
\- previous \(aa\fIx\fP marked with \fIx\fP
+\fIn\fP \fIn\fP forward \(aa\(aa previous context
% 1,$
.TE
.nc
.h "Specifying terminal type"
.TS
aw(1.7i)b aw(1.5i).
% setenv TERM \fItype\fP \fIcsh\fP and all version 6
$ TERM=\fItype\fP; export TERM \fIsh\fP in Version 7
See also \fItset\fR(1)
.TE
.h "Some terminal types"
.TS
lw(.4i) lw(.4i) lw(.4i) lw(.4i) lw(.4i).
2621 43 adm31 dw1 h19
2645 733 adm3a dw2 i100
300s 745 c100 gt40 mime
33 act4 dm1520 gt42 owl
37 act5 dm2500 h1500 t1061
4014 adm3 dm3025 h1510 vt52
.TE
.h "Initializing options"
.TS
lw(.9i)b aw(1.5i).
EXINIT place \fBset\fP's here in environment var.
set \fIx\fP enable option
set no\fIx\fP disable option
set \fIx\fP=\fIval\fP give value \fIval\fP
set show changed options
set all show all options
set \fIx\fP? show value of option \fIx\fP
.TE
.h "Useful options"
.TS
lw(.9i)b lw(.3i) lw(1.0i).
autoindent ai supply indent
autowrite aw write before changing files
ignorecase ic in scanning
lisp \fB( ) { }\fP are s-exp's
list print ^I for tab, $ at end
magic \fB. [ *\fP special in patterns
number nu number lines
paragraphs para macro names which start ...
redraw simulate smart terminal
scroll command mode lines
sections sect macro names ...
shiftwidth sw for \fB< >\fP, and input \fB^D\fP
showmatch sm to \fB)\fP and \fB}\fP as typed
slowopen slow choke updates during insert
window visual mode lines
wrapscan ws around end of buffer?
wrapmargin wm automatic line splitting
.TE
.LP
.h "Scanning pattern formation"
.TS
aw(.9i)b aw(1.0i).
\(ua beginning of line
$ end of line
\fB.\fR any character
\e< beginning of word
\e> end of word
[\fIstr\fP] any char in \fIstr\fP
[\(ua\fIstr\fP] ... not in \fIstr\fP
[\fIx\-y\fP] ... between \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP
* any number of preceding
.TE
.nc
.LP
.LG
.LG
.B
.ce
Vi Quick Reference
.NL
.R
.LP
.LP
.h "Entering/leaving vi"
.TS
aw(1.4i)b aw(1.8i).
% vi \fIname\fP edit \fIname\fP at top
% vi +\fIn\fP \fIname\fP ... at line \fIn\fP
% vi + \fIname\fP ... at end
% vi \-r list saved files
% vi \-r \fIname\fP recover file \fIname\fP
% vi \fIname\fP ... edit first; rest via \fB:n\fP
% vi \-t \fItag\fP start at \fItag\fP
% vi +/\fIpat\fP \fIname\fP search for \fIpat\fP
% view \fIname\fP read only mode
ZZ exit from vi, saving changes
^Z stop vi for later resumption
.TE
.h "The display"
.TS
lw(.75i) lw(2.2i).
Last line T{
Error messages, echoing input to \fB: / ?\fP and \fB!\fR,
feedback about i/o and large changes.
T}
@ lines On screen only, not in file.
~ lines Lines past end of file.
^\fIx\fP Control characters, ^? is delete.
tabs Expand to spaces, cursor at last.
.TE
.LP
.h "Vi states"
.TS
lw(.75i) lw(2.2i).
Command T{
Normal and initial state. Others return here.
ESC (escape) cancels partial command.
T}
Insert T{
Entered by \fBa i A I o O c C s S\fP \fBR\fP.
Arbitrary text then terminates with ESC character,
or abnormally with interrupt.
T}
Last line T{
Reading input for \fB: / ?\fP or \fB!\fP; terminate
with ESC or CR to execute, interrupt to cancel.
T}
.TE
.h "Counts before vi commands"
.TS
lw(1.5i) lw(1.7i)b.
line/column number z G |
scroll amount ^D ^U
replicate insert a i A I
repeat effect \fRmost rest\fP
.TE
.h "Simple commands"
.TS
lw(1.5i)b lw(1.7i).
dw delete a word
de ... leaving punctuation
dd delete a line
3dd ... 3 lines
i\fItext\fP\fRESC\fP insert text \fIabc\fP
cw\fInew\fP\fRESC\fP change word to \fInew\fP
ea\fIs\fP\fRESC\fP pluralize word
xp transpose characters
.TE
.nc
.h "Interrupting, cancelling"
.TS
aw(0.75i)b aw(1.6i).
ESC end insert or incomplete cmd
^? (delete or rubout) interrupts
^L reprint screen if \fB^?\fR scrambles it
.TE
.h "File manipulation"
.TS
aw(0.75i)b aw(1.6i).
:w write back changes
:wq write and quit
:q quit
:q! quit, discard changes
:e \fIname\fP edit file \fIname\fP
:e! reedit, discard changes
:e + \fIname\fP edit, starting at end
:e +\fIn\fR edit starting at line \fIn\fR
:e # edit alternate file
^\(ua synonym for \fB:e #\fP
:w \fIname\fP write file \fIname\fP
:w! \fIname\fP overwrite file \fIname\fP
:sh run shell, then return
:!\fIcmd\fP run \fIcmd\fR, then return
:n edit next file in arglist
:n \fIargs\fP specify new arglist
:f show current file and line
^G synonym for \fB:f\fP
:ta \fItag\fP to tag file entry \fItag\fP
^] \fB:ta\fP, following word is \fItag\fP
.TE
.h "Positioning within file"
.TS
aw(0.75i)b aw(1.6i).
^F forward screenfull
^B backward screenfull
^D scroll down half screen
^U scroll up half screen
G goto line (end default)
/\fIpat\fR next line matching \fIpat\fR
?\fIpat\fR prev line matching \fIpat\fR
n repeat last \fB/\fR or \fB?\fR
N reverse last \fB/\fR or \fB?\fR
/\fIpat\fP/+\fIn\fP n'th line after \fIpat\fR
?\fIpat\fP?\-\fIn\fP n'th line before \fIpat\fR
]] next section/function
[[ previous section/function
% find matching \fB( ) {\fP or \fB}\fP
.TE
.h "Adjusting the screen"
.TS
aw(0.75i)b aw(1.6i).
^L clear and redraw
^R retype, eliminate @ lines
z\fRCR\fP redraw, current at window top
z\- ... at bottom
z\|. ... at center
/\fIpat\fP/z\- \fIpat\fP line at bottom
z\fIn\fP\|. use \fIn\fP line window
^E scroll window down 1 line
^Y scroll window up 1 line
.TE
.nc
.h "Marking and returning
.TS
aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i).
\(ga\(ga previous context
\(aa\(aa ... at first non-white in line
m\fIx\fP mark position with letter \fIx\fP
\(ga\fIx\fP to mark \fIx\fP
\(aa\fIx\fP ... at first non-white in line
.TE
.h "Line positioning"
.TS
aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i).
H home window line
L last window line
M middle window line
+ next line, at first non-white
\- previous line, at first non-white
\fRCR\fP return, same as +
\(da \fRor\fP j next line, same column
\(ua \fRor\fP k previous line, same column
.TE
.h "Character positioning"
.TS
aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i).
\(ua first non white
0 beginning of line
$ end of line
h \fRor\fP \(-> forward
l \fRor\fP \(<- backwards
^H same as \fB\(<-\fP
\fRspace\fP same as \fB\(->\fP
f\fIx\fP find \fIx\fP forward
F\fIx\fP \fBf\fR backward
t\fIx\fP upto \fIx\fP forward
T\fIx\fP back upto \fIx\fP
; repeat last \fBf F t\fP or \fBT\fP
, inverse of \fB;\fP
| to specified column
% find matching \fB( { )\fP or \fB}\fR
.TE
.h "Words, sentences, paragraphs"
.TS
aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i).
w word forward
b back word
e end of word
) to next sentence
} to next paragraph
( back sentence
{ back paragraph
W blank delimited word
B back \fBW\fP
E to end of \fBW\fP
.TE
.h "Commands for \s-2LISP\s0"
.TS
aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i).
) Forward s-expression
} ... but don't stop at atoms
( Back s-expression
{ ... but don't stop at atoms
.TE
.nc
.h "Corrections during insert"
.TS
aw(.5i)b aw(2.0i).
^H erase last character
^W erases last word
\fRerase\fP your erase, same as \fB^H\fP
\fRkill\fP your kill, erase input this line
\e escapes \fB^H\fR, your erase and kill
\fRESC\fP ends insertion, back to command
^? interrupt, terminates insert
^D backtab over \fIautoindent\fP
\(ua^D kill \fIautoindent\fP, save for next
0^D ... but at margin next also
^V quote non-printing character
.TE
.h "Insert and replace"
.TS
aw(.5i)b aw(2.0i).
a append after cursor
i insert before
A append at end of line
I insert before first non-blank
o open line below
O open above
r\fIx\fP replace single char with \fIx\fP
R replace characters
.TE
.h "Operators (double to affect lines)"
.TS
aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i).
d delete
c change
< left shift
> right shift
! filter through command
\&= indent for \s-2LISP\s0
y yank lines to buffer
.TE
.h "Miscellaneous operations"
.TS
aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i).
C change rest of line
D delete rest of line
s substitute chars
S substitute lines
J join lines
x delete characters
X ... before cursor
Y yank lines
.TE
.h "Yank and put"
.TS
aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i).
p put back lines
P put before
"\fIx\fPp put from buffer \fIx\fP
"\fIx\fPy yank to buffer \fIx\fP
"\fIx\fPd delete into buffer \fIx\fP
.TE
.h "Undo, redo, retrieve"
.TS
aw(0.5i)b aw(2.0i).
u undo last change
U restore current line
\fB.\fP repeat last change
"\fId\fP\|p retrieve \fId\fP'th last delete
.TE

1102
docs/changelog
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

55
docs/ev
View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
# @(#)ev 8.4 (Berkeley) 4/29/94
Ev: Vi: Result:
<CK> <CK> (Cursor keys). Move around the file.
Meta key commands:
^A<#> <#>G Goto line #.
^A$ G Goto the end of the file.
^A/ / Prompt and execute a forward search.
^A: : Prompt and execute an ex command.
^A? ? Prompt and execute a backward search.
^Ac y'<c> Copy to mark in line mode (or copy the current line).
^AC y`<c> Copy to mark in character mode.
^Ad d'<c> Delete to mark in line mode (or delete the current line).
^AD d`<c> Delete to mark in character mode.
^Aj J Join lines.
^Am m<c> Mark the current cursor position.
^AN N Repeat search in the reverse direction.
^An ^A Search for the word under the cursor.
^Ar u Redo a command.
^Au u Undo a command.
Single key commands:
^B ^B Page up a screen.
^C ^C Interrupt long-running commands.
^D ^D Page down a half-screen.
^E $ End of line.
^F ^F Page down a screen.
^G ^G File status/information.
^H X Delete the character to the left of the cursor.
^I (TAB)
^J j Cursor down one line.
^K k Cursor up one line.
^L ^L Redraw the screen.
^M (CR) ^M In insert mode, split the line at the current cursor,
creating a new line.
In overwrite mode, cursor down one line.
^N n Repeat previous search, in previous direction.
^O (UNUSED)
^P p Paste the cut text at the cursor position.
^Q (XON/XOFF)
^R (UNUSED)
^S (XON/XOFF)
^T D Truncate the line at the cursor position.
^U ^U Page up a half-screen.
^V<c> ^V<c> Insert/overwrite with a literal next character.
^W w Move forward one whitespace separated word.
^X x Delete the current character.
^Y (UNUSED)
^Z ^Z Suspend.
New ex mode commands:
^A:set ov[erwrite] Toggle "insert" mode, so that input keys overwrite
the existing characters.

83
docs/features
View File

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
List of things that should be added:
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+ X11 (Tk, Motif, Xaw) interface.
+ Interpreted language (Perl, Scheme, Tcl/Rush, Python)
+ Additional ports: Windows, Windows NT, MSDOS
+ Forms editing package; use RE's to verify field contents.
+ Internationalization, including wide character and multibyte support.
+ Support for single line window editing, including full editing
capability on the vi colon command line.
+ Rob Pike's sam style RE's.
+ Right-to-left and bottom to top text support.
+ Quitall command, to leave all windows. A ! will force the quit.
List of suggested features:
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
+ It would be nice to have the completion mechanism found in tcsh versions
>= 6.03. For instance, the completion for the `:cd' command will be
directories only. The completion for the `:set' command will be all
options not set at that moment, and for `:set un' will be all options
that are set at that moment. The completion for `:< count' will be the
flags.
+ Add an command-line option to initially split the screen based on the
number of file arguments, e.g., "nvi -a file1 file2" would initialize
a two edit-buffer display.
+ Add a "push" command that would push a file on the tags stack.
(Essentially make tags a special case of the stack, and make
the stack more general purpose.)
+ Make :script just run a command and edit the output, and :interactive,
which allows interactive shell session, instead of just the current
:script.
+ Add tagging information to the man page so that users can display
the part of the man page that discusses the command in which they're
interested.
+ Add a zone option so that you can declare that top/bottom few lines
of the screen aren't filled except by accident, so that the text
you ask for is always concentrated in the center of the screen.
+ Change
:di[splay] tags -> :tags
:di[splay] screens -> :screens
:di[splay] buffers -> :buffers
+ A macro record function. Add the ability to record a sequence
of keystrokes into a named buffer for later use. Handy when
you're trying to build a semi-complex macro.
+ The semantics of :split, :bg, and :fg aren't right. Someone needs to
rethink how they should interact. The main problem arises when users
want to get a window into a new file. Currently, the necessary sequence
is ":split newfile|^W|:bg". It would be nice if you could simply
background the current screen and edit a new one.
+ An option to turn on a ``quarter plane'' model so that you can
go as far to the right or down as you wish. The File or the
current line is only extended if you actually put down a char at
the new location. Very handy for ascii graphics and tables.
+ Some way of replacing the command bindings. For this to work
cleanly the notion of a command must be separate from that of a
key. (Simulate the Rand editor?)
+ Vertical splitting, so you can see files side by side.
+ Tracking. Two or more files are associated so that when one file
is scrolled up/down/left/right other files track by the same amount.
Tracking may be constrained such that two files only track vertically
or horizontally. This is relatively easy to implement.
+ A status file so that the next time invocation of the editor returns
to the same place, with the same number of windows etc. In case of
change of the screen size, reasonable defaults are used. For each
window size and location of the window, name of the file and position
in it, any tab settings, any other settings for the window (such as
insert/overwrite mode, auto indent etc). Last search RE and maybe
direction. If a file does not exist the next time you invoke the
editor, its window is left in the same place but with some default
message.

229
docs/help
View File

@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
MOVING THE CURSOR:
k - cursor up ^F - page forward /<pattern><CR> - search forward
j - cursor down ^B - page backward ?<pattern><CR> - search backward
h - cursor left w - move forward a "word" n - repeat the last search
l - cursor right b - move backward a "word"
ENTERING TEXT:
a - append after the cursor. Use the <escape> key to return to
i - insert before the cursor. command mode.
o - open a new line below the cursor.
O - open new line above the cursor.
WRITING AND EXITING:
:w<Enter> - write the file
:q<Enter> - exit the file
:q!<Enter> - exit without writing the file
:#<Enter> - move to a line (e.g., :35<Enter> moves to line 35)
MISCELLANEOUS:
^G - display the file name
J - join two lines (use i<Enter><escape> to split a line)
u - undo the last change (enter . after a 'u' to undo more than one change)
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
VI COMMANDS:
^A search forward for cursor word
^B scroll up by screens
^C interrupt an operation (e.g. read, write, search)
^D scroll down by half screens (setting count)
^E scroll down by lines
^F scroll down by screens
^G file status
^H move left by characters
^J move down by lines
^L redraw screen
^M move down by lines (to first non-blank)
^N move down by lines
^P move up by lines
^R redraw screen
^T tag pop
^U half page up (set count)
^V input a literal character
^W move to next screen
^Y page up by lines
^Z suspend editor
^[ <escape> exit input mode, cancel partial commands
^\ switch to ex mode
^] tag push cursor word
^^ switch to previous file
<space> move right by columns
! filter through command(s) to motion
# number increment/decrement
$ move to last column
% move to match
& repeat substitution
' move to mark (to first non-blank)
( move back sentence
) move forward sentence
+ move down by lines (to first non-blank)
, reverse last F, f, T or t search
- move up by lines (to first non-blank)
. repeat the last command
/ search forward
0 move to first character
: ex command
; repeat last F, f, T or t search
< shift lines left to motion
> shift lines right to motion
? search backward
@ execute buffer
A append to the line
B move back bigword
C change to end-of-line
D delete to end-of-line
E move to end of bigword
F character in line backward search
G move to line
H move to count lines from screen top
I insert before first nonblank
J join lines
L move to screen bottom
M move to screen middle
N reverse last search
O insert above line
P insert before cursor from buffer
Q switch to ex mode
R replace characters
S substitute for the line(s)
T before character in line backward search
U Restore the current line
W move to next bigword
X delete character before cursor
Y copy line
ZZ save file and exit
[[ move back section
]] move forward section
^ move to first non-blank
_ move to first non-blank
` move to mark
a append after cursor
b move back word
c change to motion
d delete to motion
e move to end of word
f character in line forward search
h move left by columns
i insert before cursor
j move down by lines
k move up by lines
l move right by columns
m set mark
n repeat last search
o append after line
p insert after cursor from buffer
r replace character
s substitute character
t before character in line forward search
u undo last change
w move to next word
x delete character
y copy text to motion into a cut buffer
z reposition the screen
{ move back paragraph
| move to column
} move forward paragraph
~ reverse case
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
EX COMMANDS:
^D: scroll lines
!: filter lines through commands or run commands
#: display numbered lines
&: repeat the last substitution
*: execute a buffer
<: shift lines left
=: display line number
>: shift lines right
@: execute a buffer
append: append input to a line
abbreviate: specify an input abbreviation
args: display file argument list
bg: background the current screen
change: change lines to input
cd: change the current directory
chdir: change the current directory
copy: copy lines elsewhere in the file
cscope: create a set of tags using a cscope command
delete: delete lines from the file
display: display buffers, screens or tags
[Ee]dit: begin editing another file
[Ee]x: begin editing another file
exusage: display ex command usage statement
file: display (and optionally set) file name
fg: switch the current screen and a backgrounded screen
global: execute a global command on lines matching an RE
help: display help statement
insert: insert input before a line
join: join lines into a single line
k: mark a line position
list: display lines in an unambiguous form
move: move lines elsewhere in the file
mark: mark a line position
map: map input or commands to one or more keys
mkexrc: write a .exrc file
[Nn]ext: edit (and optionally specify) the next file
number: change display to number lines
open: enter "open" mode (not implemented)
print: display lines
perl: run the perl interpreter with the command
perldo: run the perl interpreter with the command, on each line
preserve: preserve an edit session for recovery
[Pp]revious: edit the previous file in the file argument list
put: append a cut buffer to the line
quit: exit ex/vi
read: append input from a command or file to the line
recover: recover a saved file
resize: grow or shrink the current screen
rewind: re-edit all the files in the file argument list
s: substitute on lines matching an RE
script: run a shell in a screen
set: set options (use ":set all" to see all options)
shell: suspend editing and run a shell
source: read a file of ex commands
stop: suspend the edit session
suspend: suspend the edit session
t: copy lines elsewhere in the file
[Tt]ag: edit the file containing the tag
tagnext: move to the next tag
tagpop: return to the previous group of tags
tagprev: move to the previous tag
tagtop: discard all tags
tcl: run the tcl interpreter with the command
undo: undo the most recent change
unabbreviate: delete an abbreviation
unmap: delete an input or command map
v: execute a global command on lines NOT matching an RE
version: display the program version information
visual: enter visual (vi) mode from ex mode
[Vv]isual: edit another file (from vi mode only)
viusage: display vi key usage statement
write: write the file
wn: write the file and switch to the next file
wq: write the file and exit
xit: exit
yank: copy lines to a cut buffer
z: display different screens of the file
~: replace previous RE with previous replacement string,
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Edit options:
noaltwerase filec="" nomodeline scroll=17 notildeop
autoindent flash msgcat="./" nosearchincr timeout
autoprint hardtabs=0 noprint="" nosecure nottywerase
noautowrite noiclower nonumber shiftwidth=8 noverbose
backup="" noignorecase nooctal noshowmatch warn
nobeautify keytime=6 open noshowmode window=35
cedit="" noleftright optimize sidescroll=16 nowindowname
columns=80 lines=36 print="" noslowopen wraplen=0
comment nolisp prompt nosourceany wrapmargin=0
noedcompatible nolist readonly tabstop=8 wrapscan
escapetime=1 lock noredraw taglength=0 nowriteany
noerrorbells magic remap tags="tags"
exrc matchtime=7 report=5 term="xterm"
noextended mesg ruler noterse
cdpath="/usr/src/local/nvi:/tmp"
directory="/tmp"
paragraphs="IPLPPPQPP LIpplpipbp"
recdir="/var/tmp/vi.recover"
sections="NHSHH HUnhsh"
shell="/bin/csh"
shellmeta="~{[*?$`'"\"

88
docs/internals/autowrite
View File

@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
# @(#)autowrite 8.3 (Berkeley) 2/17/95
Vi autowrite behavior, the fields with *'s are "don't cares".
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Commands that are affected only by autowrite:
Command File Autowrite? Action:
modified?
-----------------------------------------------
^Z Y Y Write file and suspend.
^Z Y N Suspend.
^Z N * Suspend.
# This behavior is NOT identical to :edit.
^^ Y Y Write file and jump.
^^ Y N Error.
^^ N * Jump.
# The new nvi command ^T (:tagpop) behaves identically to ^].
# This behavior is identical to :tag, :tagpop, and :tagpush with
# force always set to N.
^] Y Y Write file and jump.
^] Y N Error.
^] N * Jump.
# There's no way to specify a force flag to the '!' command.
:! Y Y Write file and execute.
:! Y N Warn (if warn option) and execute.
:! N * Execute.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Commands that are affected by both autowrite and force:
NOTE: the "force" flag is never passed on, i.e. the write
to the file caused by the autowrite flag is never forced.
Command File Autowrite? Force? Action:
modified? (!)
-------------------------------------------------------
# The first rule (YYY) is historic practice, but seems wrong.
# In nvi, :next and :prev commands behave identically to :rewind.
:next Y Y Y Write changes and jump.
:next Y Y N Write changes and jump.
:next Y N Y Abandon changes and jump.
:next Y N N Error.
:next N * * Jump.
:rewind Y Y Y Abandon changes and jump.
:rewind Y Y N Write changes and jump.
:rewind Y N Y Abandon changes and jump.
:rewind Y N N Error.
:rewind N * * Jump.
# The new nvi commands, :tagpop and :tagtop, behave identically to :tag.
# Note, this behavior is the same as :rewind and friends, as well.
:tag Y Y Y Abandon changes and jump.
:tag Y Y N Write changes and jump.
:tag Y N Y Abandon changes and jump.
:tag Y N N Error.
:tag N * * Jump.
# The command :suspend behaves identically to :stop.
:stop Y Y Y Suspend.
:stop Y Y N Write changes and suspend.
:stop Y N Y Suspend.
:stop Y N N Suspend.
:stop N * * Suspend.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Commands that might be affected by autowrite, but aren't:
Command File Autowrite? Force? Action:
modified? (!)
-------------------------------------------------------
#:ex, and :vi (executed while in vi mode) behave identically to :edit.
:edit Y * Y Abandon changes and jump.
:edit Y * N Error.
:edit N * * Jump.
:quit Y * Y Quit.
:quit Y * N Error.
:quit N * * Quit.
:shell * * * Execute shell.
:xit Y * * Write changes and exit.
:xit N * * Exit.

32
docs/internals/context
View File

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
# @(#)context 8.6 (Berkeley) 10/14/94
In historic vi, the previous context mark was always set:
ex address:
any number, <question-mark>, <slash>, <dollar-sign>,
<single-quote>, <backslash>
ex commands: undo, "z.", global, v
vi commands: (, ), {, }, %, [[, ]], ^]
nvi adds the vi command ^T to this list.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
In historic vi, the previous context mark was set if the
line changed:
vi commands: '<mark>, G, H, L, M, z
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
In historic vi, the previous context mark was set if the
line or column changed:
vi commands: `<mark>, /, ?, N, n
nvi adds the vi command ^A to this list.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
In historic vi, the previous context mark was set in non-visual
mode for ^R and ^L if the line changed, but I have yet to figure
out how the line could change.

142
docs/internals/cscope.NOTES
View File

@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
Cscope Notes:
The nvi tags structure has been reworked to handle the notion of multiple
locations per tag. This supports cscope, which returns multiple locations
per query. It will hopefully support ctags programs that create databases
with multiple locations per tag as well.
There is now a list of "tag queues" chained from each screen. Each tag
queue has one or more "tag locations".
+----+ +----+ +----+ +----+
| EP | -> | Q1 | <-- | T1 | <-- | T2 |
+----+ +----+ --> +----+ --> +----+
|
+----+ +----+
| Q2 | <-- | T1 |
+----+ --> +----+
|
+----+ +----+
| Q3 | <-- | T1 |
+----+ --> +----+
In the above diagram, each "Q" is a "tag queue", and each "T" is a
tag location. Generally, the commands:
:tag create a new Q
^[ create a new Q
:cscope find create a new Q
:tagnext move to the next T
:tagprev move to the previous T
:tagpop discard one or more Q's
^T discard the most recent Q
:tagtop discard all Q's
More specifically:
:cs[cope] a[dd] cscope-dir
Attach to the cscope database in cscope-dir.
:cs[cope] f[ind] c|d|e|f|g|i|s|t buffer|pattern
Query all attached cscopes for the pattern. The pattern is a
regular expression. If the pattern is a double-quote character
followed by a valid buffer name (e.g., "t), then the contents
of the named buffer are used as the pattern.
c: find callers of name
d: find all function calls made from name
e: find pattern
f: find files with name as substring
g: find definition of name
i: find files #including name
s: find all uses of name
t: find assignments to name
The find command pushes the current location onto the tags stack,
and switches to the first location resulting from the query, if
the query returned at least one result.
:cs[cope] h[elp] [command]
List the cscope commands, or usage help on one command.
:display c[onnections]
Display the list of cscope connections
:display t[ags]
The tags display has been enhanced to display multiple tag
locations per tag query.
:cs[cope] k[ill] #
Kill cscope connection number #.
:cs[cope] r[eset]
Kill all attached cscopes. Useful if one got hung but you don't
know which one.
:tagn[ext][!]
Move to the next tag resulting from a query.
:tagpr[ev][!]
Return to the previous tag resulting from a query.
:tagp[op], ^T
Return to the previous tag group (no change).
:tagt[op]
Discard all tag groups (no change).
Suggested maps:
" ^N: move to the next tag
map ^N :tagnext^M
" ^P: move to the previous tag
map ^P :tagprev^M
" Tab+letter performs a C-Scope query on the current word.
" C-Scope 12.9 has a text-string query (type t).
" C-Scope 13.3 replaces it with an assignment query; hence a==t.
map <tab>a "tye:csc find t"t
map <tab>c "tye:csc find c"t
map <tab>d "tye:csc find d"t
map <tab>e "tye:csc find e"t
map <tab>f "tye:csc find f"t
map <tab>g "tye:csc find g"t
map <tab>i "tye:csc find i"t
map <tab>s "tye:csc find s"t
map <tab>t "tye:csc find t"t
To start nvi with an initial set of cscope directories, use the environment
variable CSCOPE_DIRS. This variable should contain a <blank>-separated
list of directories containing cscope databases. (This MAY be changed to
be an edit option, I haven't really decided, yet.)
Each cscope directory must contain a file named "cscope.out" which is the
main cscope database, or nvi will not attempt to connect to a cscope to
handle requests for that database.
The file "cscope.tpath" may contain a colon-separated directory search
path which will be used to find the files reported by cscope. If this
cscope.tpath does not exist, then the paths are assumed to be relative to
the cscope directory itself. This is an extension to the standard cscope,
but seems important enough to keep.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Cscope Availability:
UNIXWare System V Release 4.0 variants such as Sun Solaris 2.x
(/opt/SUNWspro/bin) have version 11.5, and UNIXWare System V
Release 4.1 has version 12.10 with an option for much faster
searching.
You can buy version 13.3 source with an unrestricted license
for $400 from AT&T Software Solutions by calling +1-800-462-8146.

76
docs/internals/gdb.script
View File

@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
# @(#)gdb.script 8.5 (Berkeley) 5/4/96
# display the VI screen map
# usage dmap(sp)
define dmap
set $h = ((VI_PRIVATE *)$arg0->vi_private)->h_smap
set $t = ((VI_PRIVATE *)$arg0->vi_private)->t_smap
while ($h <= $t)
printf "lno: %2d; soff %d coff %d ", \
(int)$h->lno, (int)$h->soff, (int)$h->coff
if ($h->c_ecsize == 0)
printf "flushed\n"
else
printf "\n\tsboff %d; scoff %d\n", \
(int)$h->c_sboff, (int)$h->c_scoff
printf "\teboff %d; eclen %d; ecsize %d\n", \
(int)$h->c_eboff, (int)$h->c_eclen, \
(int)$h->c_ecsize
end
set $h = $h + 1
end
end
# display the tail of the VI screen map
define tmap
set $h = ((VI_PRIVATE *)$arg0->vi_private)->h_smap
set $t = ((VI_PRIVATE *)$arg0->vi_private)->t_smap
while ($t >= $h)
printf "lno: %2d; soff %d coff %d ", \
(int)$t->lno, (int)$t->soff, (int)$t->coff
if ($t->c_ecsize == 0)
printf "flushed\n"
else
printf "\n\tsboff %d; scoff %d\n", \
(int)$t->c_sboff, (int)$t->c_scoff
printf "\teboff %d; eclen %d; ecsize %d\n", \
(int)$t->c_eboff, (int)$t->c_eclen, \
(int)$t->c_ecsize
end
set $t = $t - 1
end
end
# display the private structures
define clp
print *((CL_PRIVATE *)sp->gp->cl_private)
end
define vip
print *((VI_PRIVATE *)sp->vi_private)
end
define exp
print *((EX_PRIVATE *)sp->ex_private)
end
# display the marks
define markp
set $h = sp->ep->marks.next
set $t = &sp->ep->marks
while ($h != 0 && $h != $t)
printf "key %c lno: %d cno: %d flags: %x\n", \
((MARK *)$h)->name, ((MARK *)$h)->lno, \
((MARK *)$h)->cno, ((MARK *)$h)->flags
set $h = ((MARK *)$h)->next
end
end
# display the tags
define tagp
set $h = sp->taghdr.next
set $t = &sp->taghdr
while ($h != 0 && $h != $t)
printf "tag: %s lno %d cno %d\n", ((TAG *)$h)->frp->fname, \
((TAG *)$h)->lno, ((TAG *)$h)->cno
set $h= ((TAG *)$h)->next
end
end

350
docs/internals/input
View File

@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
# @(#)input 5.5 (Berkeley) 7/2/94
MAPS, EXECUTABLE BUFFERS AND INPUT IN EX/VI:
The basic rule is that input in ex/vi is a stack. Every time a key which
gets expanded is encountered, it is expanded and the expansion is treated
as if it were input from the user. So, maps and executable buffers are
simply pushed onto the stack from which keys are returned. The exception
is that if the "remap" option is turned off, only a single map expansion
is done. I intend to be fully backward compatible with this.
Historically, if the mode of the editor changed (ex to vi or vice versa),
any queued input was silently discarded. I don't see any reason to either
support or not support this semantic. I intend to retain the queued input,
mostly because it's simpler than throwing it away.
Historically, neither the initial command on the command line (the + flag)
or the +cmd associated with the ex and edit commands was subject to mapping.
Also, while the +cmd appears to be subject to "@buffer" expansion, once
expanded it doesn't appear to work correctly. I don't see any reason to
either support or not support these semantics, so, for consistency, I intend
to pass both the initial command and the command associated with ex and edit
commands through the standard mapping and @ buffer expansion.
One other difference between the historic ex/vi and nex/nvi is that nex
displays the executed buffers as it executes them. This means that if
the file is:
set term=xterm
set term=yterm
set term=yterm
the user will see the following during a typical edit session:
nex testfile
testfile: unmodified: line 3
:1,$yank a
:@a
:set term=zterm
:set term=yterm
:set term=xterm
:q!
This seems like a feature and unlikely to break anything, so I don't
intend to match historic practice in this area.
The rest of this document is a set of conclusions as to how I believe
the historic maps and @ buffers work. The summary is as follows:
1: For buffers that are cut in "line mode", or buffers that are not cut
in line mode but which contain portions of more than a single line, a
trailing <newline> character appears in the input for each line in the
buffer when it is executed. For buffers not cut in line mode and which
contain portions of only a single line, no additional characters
appear in the input.
2: Executable buffers that execute other buffers don't load their
contents until they execute them.
3: Maps and executable buffers are copied when they are executed --
they can be modified by the command but that does not change their
actions.
4: Historically, executable buffers are discarded if the editor
switches between ex and vi modes.
5: Executable buffers inside of map commands are expanded normally.
Maps inside of executable buffers are expanded normally.
6: If an error is encountered while executing a mapped command or buffer,
the rest of the mapped command/buffer is discarded. No user input
characters are discarded.
7: Characters in executable buffers are remapped.
8: Characters in executable buffers are not quoted.
Individual test cases follow. Note, in the test cases, control characters
are not literal and will have to be replaced to make the test cases work.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
1: For buffers that are cut in "line mode", or buffers that are not cut
in line mode but which contain portions of more than a single line, a
trailing <newline> character appears in the input for each line in the
buffer when it is executed. For buffers not cut in line mode and which
contain portions of only a single line, no additional characters
appear in the input.
=== test file ===
3Gw
w
line 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
=== end test file ===
If the first line is loaded into 'a' and executed:
1G"ayy@a
The cursor ends up on the '2', a result of pushing "3Gw^J" onto
the stack.
If the first two lines are loaded into 'a' and executed:
1G2"ayy@a
The cursor ends up on the 'f' in "foo" in the fifth line of the
file, a result of pushing "3Gw^Jw^J" onto the stack.
If the first line is loaded into 'a', but not using line mode,
and executed:
1G"ay$@a
The cursor ends up on the '1', a result of pushing "3Gw" onto
the stack
If the first two lines are loaded into 'a', but not using line mode,
and executed:
1G2"ay$@a
The cursor ends up on the 'f' in "foo" in the fifth line of the
file, a result of pushing "3Gw^Jw^J" onto the stack.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
2: Executable buffers that execute other buffers don't load their
contents until they execute them.
=== test file ===
cwLOAD B^[
line 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
@a@b
"byy
=== end test file ===
The command is loaded into 'e', and then executed. 'e' executes
'a', which loads 'b', then 'e' executes 'b'.
5G"eyy6G"ayy1G@e
The output should be:
=== output file ===
cwLOAD B^[
LOAD B 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
@a@b
"byy
=== end output file ===
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
3: Maps and executable buffers are copied when they are executed --
they can be modified by the command but that does not change their
actions.
Executable buffers:
=== test file ===
line 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
@a@b
"eyy
cwEXECUTE B^[
=== end test file ===
4G"eyy5G"ayy6G"byy1G@eG"ep
The command is loaded into 'e', and then executed. 'e' executes
'a', which loads 'e', then 'e' executes 'b' anyway.
The output should be:
=== output file ===
line 1 foo bar baz
EXECUTE B 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
@a@b
"eyy
cwEXECUTE B^[
line 1 foo bar baz
=== end output file ===
Maps:
=== test file ===
Cine 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
=== end test file ===
Entering the command ':map = :map = rB^V^MrA^M1G==' shows that
the first time the '=' is entered the '=' map is set and the
character is changed to 'A', the second time the character is
changed to 'B'.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
4: Historically, executable buffers are discarded if the editor
switches between ex and vi modes.
=== test file ===
line 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
cwCHANGE^[Q:set
set|visual|1Gwww
=== end test file ===
vi testfile
4G"ayy@a
ex testfile
$p
yank a
@a
In vi, the command is loaded into 'a' and then executed. The command
subsequent to the 'Q' is (historically, silently) discarded.
In ex, the command is loaded into 'a' and then executed. The command
subsequent to the 'visual' is (historically, silently) discarded. The
first set command is output by ex, although refreshing the screen usually
causes it not to be seen.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
5: Executable buffers inside of map commands are expanded normally.
Maps inside of executable buffers are expanded normally.
Buffers inside of map commands:
=== test file ===
line 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
cwREPLACE BY A^[
=== end test file ===
4G"ay$:map x @a
1Gx
The output should be:
=== output file ===
REPLACE BY A 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
cwREPLACE BY A^[
=== end output file ===
Maps commands inside of executable buffers:
=== test file ===
line 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
X
=== end test file ===
:map X cwREPLACE BY XMAP^[
4G"ay$1G@a
The output should be:
=== output file ===
REPLACE BY XMAP 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
X
=== end output file ===
Here's a test that does both, repeatedly.
=== test file ===
line 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
X
Y
cwREPLACED BY C^[
blank line
=== end test file ===
:map x @a
4G"ay$
:map X @b
5G"by$
:map Y @c
6G"cy$
1Gx
The output should be:
=== output file ===
REPLACED BY C 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
X
Y
cwREPLACED BY C^[
blank line
=== end output file ===
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
6: If an error is encountered while executing a mapped command or
a buffer, the rest of the mapped command/buffer is discarded. No
user input characters are discarded.
=== test file ===
line 1 foo bar baz
line 2 foo bar baz
line 3 foo bar baz
:map = 10GcwREPLACMENT^V^[^[
=== end test file ===
The above mapping fails, however, if the 10G is changed to 1, 2,
or 3G, it will succeed.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
7: Characters in executable buffers are remapped.
=== test file ===
abcdefghijklmnnop
ggg
=== end test file ===
:map g x
2G"ay$1G@a
The output should be:
=== output file ===
defghijklmnnop
ggg
=== end output file ===
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
8: Characters in executable buffers are not quoted.
=== test file ===
iFOO^[
=== end test file ===
1G"ay$2G@a
The output should be:
=== output file ===
iFOO^[
FOO
=== end output file ===
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

36
docs/internals/openmode
View File

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
@(#)openmode 8.1 (Berkeley) 10/29/94
Open mode has the following special behaviors:
z, ^F, ^B:
If count is not specified, it shall default to the window
edit option - 2.
Write lines from the edit buffer starting at:
(the current line) - ((count - 2) / 2)
until:
(((count + 1) / 2) * 2) - 1
lines, or the last line in the edit buffer has been written. A
line consisting of the smaller of the number of columns in the
display divided by two or 40 ``-'' characters shall be written
immediately before and after the specified is written. These two
lines shall count against the total number of lines to be written.
A blank line shall be written after the last line is written.
z, ^F and ^B all behave identically.
^D: Display the next scroll value lines, change the current line.
^U: Change the current line, do nothing else.
^E, ^Y: Do nothing.
^L: Clear the screen and redisplay the current line.
H, L, M:
Move to the first nonblank of the current line and do nothing
else.

208
docs/internals/quoting
View File

@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
# @(#)quoting 5.5 (Berkeley) 11/12/94
QUOTING IN EX/VI:
There are four escape characters in historic ex/vi:
\ (backslashes)
^V
^Q (assuming it wasn't used for IXON/IXOFF)
The terminal literal next character.
Vi did not use the lnext character, it always used ^V (or ^Q).
^V and ^Q were equivalent in all cases for vi.
There are four different areas in ex/vi where escaping characters
is interesting:
1: In vi text input mode.
2: In vi command mode.
3: In ex command and text input modes.
4: In the ex commands themselves.
1: Vi text input mode (a, i, o, :colon commands, etc.):
The set of characters that users might want to escape are as follows.
As ^L and ^Z were not special in input mode, they are not listed.
carriage return (^M)
escape (^[)
autoindents (^D, 0, ^, ^T)
erase (^H)
word erase (^W)
line erase (^U)
newline (^J) (not historic practice)
Historic practice was that ^V was the only way to escape any
of these characters, and that whatever character followed
the ^V was taken literally, e.g. ^V^V is a single ^V. I
don't see any strong reason to make it possible to escape
^J, so I'm going to leave that alone.
One comment regarding the autoindent characters. In historic
vi, if you entered "^V0^D" autoindent erasure was still
triggered, although it wasn't if you entered "0^V^D". In
nvi, if you escape either character, autoindent erasure is
not triggered.
Abbreviations were not performed if the non-word character
that triggered the abbreviation was escaped by a ^V. Input
maps were not triggered if any part of the map was escaped
by a ^V.
The historic vi implementation for the 'r' command requires
two leading ^V's to replace a character with a literal
character. This is obviously a bug, and should be fixed.
2: Vi command mode
Command maps were not triggered if the second or later
character of a map was escaped by a ^V.
The obvious extension is that ^V should keep the next command
character from being mapped, so you can do ":map x xxx" and
then enter ^Vx to delete a single character.
3: Ex command and text input modes.
As ex ran in canonical mode, there was little work that it
needed to do for quoting. The notable differences between
ex and vi are that it was possible to escape a <newline> in
the ex command and text input modes, and ex used the "literal
next" character, not control-V/control-Q.
4: The ex commands:
Ex commands are delimited by '|' or newline characters.
Within the commands, whitespace characters delimit the
arguments. Backslash will generally escape any following
character. In the abbreviate, unabbreviate, map and unmap
commands, control-V escapes the next character, instead.
This is historic behavior in vi, although there are special
cases where it's impossible to escape a character, generally
a whitespace character.
Escaping characters in file names in ex commands:
:cd [directory] (directory)
:chdir [directory] (directory)
:edit [+cmd] [file] (file)
:ex [+cmd] [file] (file)
:file [file] (file)
:next [file ...] (file ...)
:read [!cmd | file] (file)
:source [file] (file)
:write [!cmd | file] (file)
:wq [file] (file)
:xit [file] (file)
Since file names are also subject to word expansion, the
underlying shell had better be doing the correct backslash
escaping. This is NOT historic behavior in vi, making it
impossible to insert a whitespace, newline or carriage return
character into a file name.
4: Escaping characters in non-file arguments in ex commands:
:abbreviate word string (word, string)
* :edit [+cmd] [file] (+cmd)
* :ex [+cmd] [file] (+cmd)
:map word string (word, string)
* :set [option ...] (option)
* :tag string (string)
:unabbreviate word (word)
:unmap word (word)
These commands use whitespace to delimit their arguments, and use
^V to escape those characters. The exceptions are starred in the
above list, and are discussed below.
In general, I intend to treat a ^V in any argument, followed by
any character, as that literal character. This will permit
editing of files name "foo|", for example, by using the string
"foo\^V|", where the literal next character protects the pipe
from the ex command parser and the backslash protects it from the
shell expansion.
This is backward compatible with historical vi, although there
were a number of special cases where vi wasn't consistent.
4.1: The edit/ex commands:
The edit/ex commands are a special case because | symbols may
occur in the "+cmd" field, for example:
:edit +10|s/abc/ABC/ file.c
In addition, the edit and ex commands have historically
ignored literal next characters in the +cmd string, so that
the following command won't work.
:edit +10|s/X/^V / file.c
I intend to handle the literal next character in edit/ex consistently
with how it is handled in other commands.
More fun facts to know and tell:
The acid test for the ex/edit commands:
date > file1; date > file2
vi
:edit +1|s/./XXX/|w file1| e file2|1 | s/./XXX/|wq
No version of vi, of which I'm aware, handles it.
4.2: The set command:
The set command treats ^V's as literal characters, so the
following command won't work. Backslashes do work in this
case, though, so the second version of the command does work.
set tags=tags_file1^V tags_file2
set tags=tags_file1\ tags_file2
I intend to continue permitting backslashes in set commands,
but to also permit literal next characters to work as well.
This is backward compatible, but will also make set
consistent with the other commands. I think it's unlikely
to break any historic .exrc's, given that there are probably
very few files with ^V's in their name.
4.3: The tag command:
The tag command ignores ^V's and backslashes; there's no way to
get a space into a tag name.
I think this is a don't care, and I don't intend to fix it.
5: Regular expressions:
:global /pattern/ command
:substitute /pattern/replace/
:vglobal /pattern/ command
I intend to treat a backslash in the pattern, followed by the
delimiter character or a backslash, as that literal character.
This is historic behavior in vi. It would get rid of a fairly
hard-to-explain special case if we could just use the character
immediately following the backslash in all cases, or, if we
changed nvi to permit using the literal next character as a
pattern escape character, but that would probably break historic
scripts.
There is an additional escaping issue for regular expressions.
Within the pattern and replacement, the '|' character did not
delimit ex commands. For example, the following is legal.
:substitute /|/PIPE/|s/P/XXX/
This is a special case that I will support.
6: Ending anything with an escape character:
In all of the above rules, an escape character (either ^V or a
backslash) at the end of an argument or file name is not handled
specially, but used as a literal character.

68
docs/internals/structures
View File

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
# @(#)structures 5.4 (Berkeley) 10/4/95
There are three major data structures in this package, plus a single data
structure per screen type. The first is a single global structure (GS)
which contains information common to all files and screens. It hold
global things like the input key queues, and functions as a single place
to hang things. For example, interrupt routines have to be able to find
screen structures, and they can only do this if they have a starting
point. The number of globals in nvi is dependent on the screen type, but
every screen type will have at least one global, __global_list, which
references the GS structure.
The GS structure contains linked lists of screen (SCR) structures.
Each SCR structure normally references a file (EXF) structure.
The GS structure has a set of functions which update the screen and/or
return information about the screen from the underlying screen package.
The GS structure never goes away. The SCR structure persists over
instances of screens, and the EXF structure persists over references to
files.
File names have different properties than files themselves, so the name
information for a file is held in an FREF structure which is chained from
the SCR structure.
In general, functions are always passed an SCR structure, which usually
references an underlying EXF structure. The SCR structure is necessary
for any routine that wishes to talk to the screen, the EXF structure is
necessary for any routine that wants to modify the file. The relationship
between an SCR structure and its underlying EXF structure is not fixed,
and various ex commands will substitute a new EXF in place of the current
one, and there's no way to detect this.
The naming of the structures is consistent across the program. (Macros
even depend on it, so don't try and change it!) The global structure is
"gp", the screen structure is "sp", and the file structure is "ep".
A few other data structures:
TEXT In nvi/cut.h. This structure describes a portion of a line,
and is used by the input routines and as the "line" part of a
cut buffer.
CB In nvi/cut.h. A cut buffer. A cut buffer is a place to
hang a list of TEXT structures.
CL The curses screen private data structure. Everything to
do standalone curses screens.
MARK In nvi/mark.h. A cursor position, consisting of a line number
and a column number.
MSG In nvi/msg.h. A chain of messages for the user.
SEQ In nvi/seq.h. An abbreviation or a map entry.
TK The Tcl/Tk screen private data structure. Everything to
do standalone Tcl/Tk screens.
EXCMD In nvi/ex/ex.h. The structure that gets passed around to the
functions that implement the ex commands. (The main ex command
loop (see nvi/ex/ex.c) builds this up and then passes it to the
ex functions.)
VICMD In nvi/vi/vi.h. The structure that gets passed around to the
functions that implement the vi commands. (The main vi command
loop (see nvi/vi/vi.c) builds this up and then passes it to the
vi functions.)

190
docs/interp/interp
View File

@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
# @(#)interp 8.5 (Berkeley) 10/19/96
Nvi Interpreter API
Introduction:
The intention is to provide a way to graft a fairly generic extension
language into nvi. I think that the obvious candidates are Tcl/Rush,
Scheme, Python and Perl. Since the interpretation language chosen
is often a religious issue, the method should be as flexible as
possible. I don't expect to rewrite the editor in the interpreted
language, so that isn't a consideration.
Q: Is there any reason for nvi to support multiple interpreters in
a single executable?
Interpreter functions in nvi:
1: Function to get the current screen pointer.
SCR *inter_screen();
Return a pointer to the current screen.
2: Functions to execute both ex and vi commands. The return value of the
function will be success/failure. The editor itself will continue to
handle the display of all messages and text for the foreseeable future.
int inter_vicmd(SCR *, char *cmds, size_t len);
int inter_excmd(SCR *, char *cmds, size_t len);
The byte string cmds, of length len, is entered into the standard
vi or ex parser, as if typed by the user. The characters are not
mapped in any way, i.e. the user's vi mappings don't apply. If
any error occurs, an error value is returned, and the rest of the
characters are discarded.
3: Functions to handle lines of text in the file.
int inter_gline(SCR *, recno_t lno, char **lp, size_t *lenp);
Return a pointer to the text of the line lno, into the location
referenced by lp, and its length into the location referenced by
lenp.
int inter_dline(SCR *, recno_t lno);
Delete the line lno from the file.
int inter_aline(SCR *, recno_t lno, char *lp, size_t len);
Append a line consisting of the len bytes of text referenced by
lp to the line lno.
int inter_iline(SCR *, recno_t lno, char *lp, size_t len);
Insert a line consisting of the len bytes of text referenced by
lp before the line lno.
int inter_sline(SCR *, recno_t lno, char *lp, size_t len);
Replace line lno with the len bytes of text referenced by lp.
int inter_lline(SCR *, recno_t *lnop);
Return the number of the last line in the file in the location
referenced by lnop.
4: Function to post an error message to the user.
int inter_msgq(SCR *, enum msgtype, char *fmt, ...);
Display the message for the user. Valid message types are:
M_BERR Error: M_ERR if verbose, else bell.
M_ERR Error: Display in inverse video.
M_INFO Info: Display in normal video.
M_SYSERR Error: M_ERR, using strerror(3) message.
M_VINFO Info: M_INFO if verbose, else ignore.
5: Function to manipulate cut buffers.
int inter_setbuf(SCR *, CHAR_T buffer);
Create the specified buffer if it does not exist (the
buffer will have no contents).
int inter_getbuf(SCR *, CHAR_T buffer, TEXT **textp);
Return a pointer to the specified buffer in the location
referenced by textp. (Since a pointer to the real item
is being returned, it can be manipulated in any way the
interpreter chooses.)
6: Functions to manipulate marks.
int inter_setmark(SCR *, CHAR_T name);
Create the specified mark if it does not exist (the
mark will have no contents).
int inter_getmark(SCR *, CHAR_T name, MARK **markp);
Return a pointer to the specified mark in the location
referenced by markp. (Since a pointer to the real item
is being returned, it can be manipulated in any way the
interpreter chooses.)
7: Function to manipulate screens.
SCR *inter_iscreen();
Create a new screen, and return a pointer to it.
int inter_escreen(SCR *);
End a screen.
8: Functions to get input from the user.
int inter_getchar(CHAR_T *chp,
enum maptype {NONE, INPUT, COMMAND} mapt);
Return a character from the keyboard into the location referenced
by chp. Mapt can be set to INPUT, COMMAND or NONE, depending on
what vi mappings should be applied to the character.
int inter_getline(SCR *, char *prompt, CHAR_T **linep,
size_t *lenp, enum maptype {NONE, INPUT, COMMAND} mapt);
Return a pointer to a line entered by the user, and its length,
into the locations linep and lenp. A prompt may be specified
by prompt, and mappings by mapt.
int inter_freeline(CHAR_T *linep);
Free the memory that was allocated by inter_getline();
9: Function to retrieve and set the cursor.
int inter_getcursor(SCR *, MARK *mark);
Store the current cursor position in mark.
int inter_setcursor(SCR *, MARK *mark);
Set the current cursor position to mark.
10: Function to return a motion command from the user.
int inter_getmotion(SCR *,
MARK *start, MARK *end, enum movetype {LINE, CHAR} *mt);
Nvi gets a motion command from the user and returns the starting
and stopping points of the movement, reordered from the beginning
to the end of the file. The standard rules for line/character
motions are applied, and returned to the interpreter through the
mt argument.
11: Functions to return pathnames.
12: Functions to return edit options.
13: Nvi commands which will send text to the interpreter.
Nvi will have a new ex command "inter", which will pipe the rest of
the line up to the first unescaped <newline> to the interpreter, of
the following form:
:[address[,address]] inter [count] command
The interface from the ex command to the interpreter is a function:
int inter_ex(
SCR *, /* Current screen. */
char *cmd; /* The command. */
size_t len; /* The command length. */
MARK *start, /* Starting address for INTER_EX */
MARK *end, /* Ending address for INTER_EX */
int count); /* Count. */
Nvi will have a new vi command "*<buffer>" which will pipe the contents
of the named buffer to the interpreter, of the following form:
[count]*<buffer>
The interface from the vi command to the interpreter is a function:
int inter_vi(
SCR *, /* Current screen. */
CHAR_T buffer, /* Buffer. */
int count); /* Count. */

46
docs/interp/spell.ok
View File

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
API
BERR
Mapt
Nvi
Perl
SCR
SYSERR
Tcl
VINFO
aline
callback
chp
cmd
cmds
dline
enum
escreen
excmd
freeline
getbuf
getcursor
getline
getmotion
gline
iline
int
interp
iscreen
lenp
linep
lline
lno
lnop
lp
mapt
maptype
movetype
msgq
msgtype
nvi
recno
setcursor
sline
strerror
textp
vicmd

0
docs/USD.doc/vi.man/Makefile → docs/man/Makefile
View File

68
docs/USD.doc/vi.man/vi.1 → docs/man/vi.1
View File

@ -197,7 +197,8 @@ and that is the
.Aq escape
key.
.Pp
Key names are written using less-than and greater-than signs, e.g.,
In this manual,
key names are denoted with \(la and \(ra, e.g.,
.Aq escape
means the
.Dq escape
@ -238,9 +239,9 @@ Move the cursor up one line.
Move the cursor right one character.
.It Aq Cm cursor-arrows
The cursor arrow keys should work, too.
.It Cm / Ns text
.It Cm / Ns Ar text
Search for the string
.Dq text
.Dq Ar text
in the file,
and move the cursor to its first character.
.El
@ -346,10 +347,10 @@ version of regular expressions:
.It
An empty regular expression is equivalent to the last regular expression used.
.It
.Sq \e\(la
.Sq \e<
matches the beginning of the word.
.It
.Sq \e\(ra
.Sq \e>
matches the end of the word.
.It
.Sq \(a~
@ -363,7 +364,7 @@ for later use.
.Nm vi
buffers are named with a single character preceded by a double quote,
for example
.Pf \&" Ns Aq c ;
.Cm \&" Ns Aq Ar c ;
.Nm ex
buffers are the same,
but without the double quote.
@ -413,7 +414,7 @@ make the destination buffer character-oriented.
.Cm j ,
.Aq Cm control-M ,
.Cm k ,
.Cm ' ,
.Cm \(aq ,
.Cm - ,
.Cm G ,
.Cm H ,
@ -426,7 +427,7 @@ make the destination buffer line-oriented.
.It
.Cm $ ,
.Cm % ,
.Cm ` ,
.Cm \` ,
.Cm (\& ,
.Cm )\& ,
.Cm / ,
@ -476,7 +477,7 @@ It is specified using a line-oriented motion.
.It
It is specified using one of the following motion commands:
.Aq Cm control-A ,
.Cm ` Ns Aq Cm character ,
.Cm \` Ns Aq Ar character ,
.Cm n ,
.Cm N ,
.Cm % ,
@ -803,7 +804,7 @@ If
.Ar count
is specified, additionally move the cursor down
.Ar count
\- 1 lines.
\(mi 1 lines.
.Pp
.It Cm %
Move to the
@ -815,26 +816,26 @@ the one found at the cursor position or the closest to the right of it.
Repeat the previous substitution command on the current line.
.Pp
.It Xo
.Cm ' Ns Aq Ar character
.Cm \(aq Ns Aq Ar character
.Xc
.It Xo
.Cm ` Ns Aq Ar character
.Cm \` Ns Aq Ar character
.Xc
Return to the cursor position marked by the character
.Ar character ,
or, if
.Ar character
is
.Sq '
.Sq \(aq
or
.Sq ` ,
.Sq \` ,
to the position of the cursor before the last of the following commands:
.Aq Cm control-A ,
.Aq Cm control-T ,
.Aq Cm control-] ,
.Cm % ,
.Cm ' ,
.Cm ` ,
.Cm \(aq ,
.Cm \` ,
.Cm (\& ,
.Cm )\& ,
.Cm / ,
@ -1027,7 +1028,7 @@ If a
.Ar count
argument is given, the characters input are repeated
.Ar count
\- 1 times after input mode is exited.
\(mi 1 times after input mode is exited.
.Pp
.It Xo
.Op Ar count
@ -1094,7 +1095,7 @@ is not specified.
.Xc
Move to the screen line
.Ar count
\- 1 lines below the top of the screen.
\(mi 1 lines below the top of the screen.
.Pp
.It Xo
.Op Ar count
@ -1106,7 +1107,7 @@ If a
argument is given,
the characters input are repeated
.Ar count
\- 1 more times.
\(mi 1 more times.
.Pp
.It Xo
.Op Ar count
@ -1125,7 +1126,7 @@ It is set to one whitespace character otherwise.
.Xc
Move to the screen line
.Ar count
\- 1 lines above the bottom of the screen.
\(mi 1 lines above the bottom of the screen.
.Pp
.It Cm M
Move to the screen line in the middle of the screen.
@ -1140,7 +1141,7 @@ If a
argument is given,
the characters input are repeated
.Ar count
\- 1 more times.
\(mi 1 more times.
.Pp
.It Xo
.Op Ar buffer
@ -1170,7 +1171,7 @@ If a
argument is given,
the characters input are repeated
.Ar count
\- 1 more times upon exit from insert mode.
\(mi 1 more times upon exit from insert mode.
.Pp
.It Xo
.Op Ar buffer
@ -1267,7 +1268,7 @@ Move to the first non-blank character on the current line.
.Xc
Move down
.Ar count
\- 1 lines, to the first non-blank character.
\(mi 1 lines, to the first non-blank character.
.Pp
.It Xo
.Op Ar count
@ -1371,7 +1372,7 @@ If a
argument is given,
the characters input are repeated
.Ar count
\- 1 more times.
\(mi 1 more times.
.Pp
.It Xo
.Op Ar buffer
@ -2050,10 +2051,11 @@ If this is the entire
pattern, the replacement part of the previous
.Cm substitute
command.
.It Sq \e\(sh
.It Sq \e Ns Ar \(sh
Where
.Sq \(sh
is an integer from 1 to 9, the text matched by the #'th subexpression in
.Sq Ar \(sh
is an integer from 1 to 9, the text matched by the
.Ar # Ns 'th subexpression in
.Ar pattern .
.It Sq \eL
Causes the characters up to the end of the line of the next occurrence of
@ -2264,7 +2266,7 @@ session.
Back up files before they are overwritten.
.It Cm beautify , bf Bq off
Discard control characters.
.It Cm cdpath Bq "environment variable CDPATH, or current directory"
.It Cm cdpath Bo environment variable Ev CDPATH , or current directory Bc
The directory paths used as path prefixes for the
.Cm cd
command.
@ -2276,7 +2278,7 @@ Set the number of columns in the screen.
.Nm vi
only.
Skip leading comments in shell, C and C++ language files.
.It Cm directory , dir Bq "environment variable TMPDIR, or /tmp"
.It Cm directory , dir Bo environment variable Ev TMPDIR , or Pa /tmp Bc
The directory where temporary files are created.
.It Cm edcompatible , ed Bq off
Remember the values of the
@ -2445,9 +2447,9 @@ and
commands.
.It Cm secure Bq off
Turns off all access to external programs.
.It Cm shell , sh Bq "environment variable SHELL, or /bin/sh"
.It Cm shell , sh Bo environment variable Ev SHELL , or Pa /bin/sh Bc
Select the shell used by the editor.
.It Cm shellmeta Bq ~{[*?$`'\&"\e
.It Cm shellmeta Bq ~{[*?$\`\(aq\&"\e
Set the meta characters checked to determine if file name expansion
is necessary.
.It Cm shiftwidth , sw Bq 8
@ -2480,7 +2482,7 @@ Set the number of significant characters in tag names.
Set the list of tags files.
.It Xo
.Cm term , ttytype , tty
.Bq "environment variable TERM"
.Bq environment variable Ev TERM
.Xc
Set the terminal type.
.It Cm terse Bq off
@ -2521,7 +2523,7 @@ if the file has been modified since it was last written, before a
command.
.It Xo
.Cm window , w , wi
.Bq "environment variable LINES \- 1"
.Bq environment variable Ev LINES No \(mi 1
.Xc
Set the window size for the screen.
.It Cm windowname Bq off

173
docs/spell.ok
View File

@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
API's
Amiga
Amir
Bostic
CFLAGS
CR
CTYPE
Cscope
Ctags
DB
DPURIFY
Darren
Ds
Dw
EXINIT
Englar
FreeBSD
GDB
Hiebert
Kirkendall
LC
LN
Linux
Lite
MSDOS
Makefile
Mayoff
NEXINIT
NVI
NetBSD
Neville
Nvi
Nvi's
OS
POSIX
POSIX.2
Perl
PostScript
README
Roff
Solaris
SunOS
Sven
Tcl
Tk
Todo
USD
USD.doc
USD:14
USD:15
USD:16
UUNET
UX
Verdoolaege
Vi
Vi's
WindowsNT
ags
al
american
api
autowrite
berkeley
bitstring
bitstring.h
bostic
bsd
bugs.current
ccil
changelog
cl
clib
cont
cs
cs.berkeley.edu
cscope
csh
cshrc
ctags
darren
db
dbopen
devel
doc
docs
edu
elvis
email
enum
escapetime
esr
execl
exrc
exref
fcntl
filesystem
free's
ftp.cs.berkeley.edu
gdb
gdb.script
gvr
gz
gzip'd
hardtabs
hiwaay
html
http
ic
iclower
ignorecase
il
init
init.tcl
iso
isprint
kB
keystrokes
ksh
lang
ld
lt
lu
mmap
ncurses
nex
nexrc
nul's
nvi
nvi's
nvi.ALPHA.tar.gz
nvi.tar.Z
nvi.tar.gz
openmode
org
perl
preformatted
ps
queue.h
readonly
recover.script
redistributable
regex
remapped
setenv
settable
shiftwidth
sirsi
slowopen
sourced
struct
sunsite
svi
tcl
tclapi
terminfo
tk
tknvi
txt
ucb
unc
uunet
version's
vi
vi's
vi.man
vi.ref
vi.ref.ps
vi.ref.txt
vitut
writeable
www
xaw
ynq

1458
docs/tutorial/vi.advanced
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

741
docs/tutorial/vi.beginner
View File

@ -1,741 +0,0 @@
Section 1: {^F} {ZZ}
To get out of this tutorial, type: ZZ (two capital Z's).
Learning a new computer system implies learning a new text editor. These
tutorial lessons were created by Dain Samples to help you come to grips with
UC Berkeley's screen oriented editor called vi (for VIsual). This tutorial
uses the vi editor itself as the means of presentation.
For best use of this tutorial, read all of a screen before performing any of
the indicated actions. This tutorial (or, at least, the first half of it) has
been designed to systematically present the vi commands IF THE INSTRUCTIONS
ARE FOLLOWED! If you are too adventuresome, you may find yourself lost. If
you ever find yourself stuck, remember the first line of this section.
OK, now find the control key on your keyboard; it usually has CTL or CTRL
written on its upper surface. Your first assignment is to hold the control
key down while you press the 'F' key on your keyboard. Please do so now.
Section 2: {^F} {^B}
Many of vi's commands use the control key and some other key in combination,
as with the control and the 'F' key above. This is abbreviated CTL-F, or ^F.
As you have probably guessed by now, ^F (CTL-F) moves you forward a fixed
number of lines in the file. Throughout the remainder of the tutorial when
you are ready to advance to the next section of text, hit ^F.
The opposite command is ^B. Just for fun, you might want to try a ^B to see
the previous section again. Be sure to do a ^F to return you here.
Determine what the cursor looks like on your screen. Whatever it is (a box,
an underscore, blinking, flashing, inverse, etc.) it should now be positioned
in the upper left-hand corner of your screen under or on the S of Section.
Become familiar with your cursor: to use vi correctly it is important to
always know where the cursor is.
Did you notice that when you do a ^F the cursor is left at the top of the
screen, and a ^B leaves the cursor near the bottom of the screen? Try the two
commands ^B^F again. And now do another ^F to see the next section.
Section 3: {^F} {^B}
You now have two basic commands for examining a file, both forwards (^F) and
backwards (^B).
Note that these are vi text editing commands: they are not commands for the
tutorial. Indeed, this tutorial is nothing but a text file which you are now
editing. Everything you do and learn in this tutorial will be applicable to
editing text files.
Therefore, when you are editing a file and are ready to see more of the text,
entering ^F will get you to the next section of the file. Entering ^B will
show you the previous section.
Time for you to do another ^F.
Section 4: {^F} {^B} {^M} (return key)
We will adopt the notation of putting commands in curly braces so we can write
them unambiguously. For example, if you are to type the command sequence
"control B control F" (as we asked you to do above) it would appear as {^B^F}.
This allows clear delineation of the command strings from the text. Remember
that the curly braces are NOT part of the command string you are to type. Do
NOT type the curly braces.
Sometimes, the command string in the curly braces will be rather long, and may
be such that the first couple of characters of the command will erase from
the screen the string you are trying to read and type. It is suggested that
you write down the longer commands BEFORE you type them so you won't forget
them once they disappear.
Now locate the return key on your keyboard: it is usually marked 'RETURN',
indicate hitting the return key. In fact, the control-M key sequence is
exactly the same as if you hit the return key, and vice versa.
Now type {^F}.
Section 5: {:q!} {ZZ} {^M} (return key)
Recognize that this tutorial is nothing more than a text file that you
are editing. This means that if you do something wrong, it is possible
for you to destroy the information in this file. Don't worry. If this
happens, type {ZZ} (two capital Z's) or {:q!^M} to leave the tutorial.
Restart the tutorial. Once in the tutorial, you can then page forward
with {^F} until you are back to where you want to be. (There are
easier ways to do this, some of which will be discussed later, but this
is the most straightforward.)
You may want to write these commands down in a convenient place for quick
reference: {:q!^M} and {ZZ}
We will assume that you now know to do a {^F} to advance the file
Section 6: {m} {G} {'} {z}
Now that you know how to get around in the file via ^F and ^B let's look at
other ways of examining a text file. Sometimes it is necessary, in the midst
of editing a file, to examine another part of the file. You are then faced
with the problem of remembering your place in the file, looking at the other
text, and then getting back to your original location. Vi has a 'mark'
command, m. Type {mp}. You have just 'marked' your current location in the
file and given it the name 'p'. The command string below will do three
things: position you at the beginning of the file (line 1), then return you to
the location 'p' that you just marked with the 'm' command, and, since the
screen will not look exactly the same as it does right now, the 'z' command
will reposition the screen. (You may want to write the string down before
typing it: once you type {1G} it will no longer be on the screen.)
So now type {1G'pz^M} - a one followed by a capital G, followed by the quote
mark, followed by a lower case 'p', then a lower case 'z', then a return
(which is the same as a ^M). The {1G} moves you to line 1, i.e. the beginning
of the file. The {'p} moves you to the location you marked with {mp}. The
{z^M} command will repaint the screen putting the cursor at the top of the
screen. (Now {^F}.)
Section 7: {m} {G} {'} {z}
Let's look at some variations on those commands. If you wanted to look at
line 22 in the file and return to this location you could type {mp22G'p}. Do
so now, observing that {22G} puts your cursor at the beginning of section 2 in
the middle of the screen.
Also note that, without the {z^M} command, the line with 'Section 7' on it is
now in the MIDDLE of the screen, and not at the top. Our cursor is on the
correct line (where we did the {mp} command) but the line is not where we
might like it to be on the screen. That is the function of the {z^M} command.
(Remember, ^M is the same as the 'return' key on your keyboard.) Type {z^M}
now and observe the effect.
As you can see, the 'Section 7' line is now at the top of the screen with the
cursor happily under the capital S. If you would like the cursor line (i.e.
the line which the cursor is on) in the middle of the screen again, you would
type {z.}. If you wanted the cursor line to be at the BOTTOM of the screen,
type {z-}. Try typing {z-z.z^M} and watch what happens.
{^F}
Section 8: {z} {m} {'}
Note that the z command does not change the position of our cursor in the file
itself, it simply moves the cursor around on the screen by moving the contents
of the file around on the screen. The cursor stays on the same line of the
file when using the z command.
This brings up an important point. There are two questions that the users of
vi continually need to know the answer to: "Where am I in the file?" and
"Where am I on the screen?" The cursor on your terminal shows the answer to
both questions. Some commands will move you around in the file, usually
changing the location of the cursor on the screen as well. Other commands
move the cursor around on the screen without changing your location in the
file.
Now type {ma}. Your location in the file has been given the name 'a'. If you
type {'p'a} you will see the previous location we marked in section 7, and
then will be returned to the current location. (You will want to do a {z^M}
to repaint the screen afterwards.) Try it.
{^F}
Section 9: {m} {''}
Now we can move about in our file pretty freely. By using the {m} command we
can give the current cursor position a lower-case-character name, like 'p',
'a', 'e', 'm', or 'b'. Using the {G} command preceded by a line number we can
look at any line in the file we like. Using the single quote command {'}
followed by a character used in an {m} command, we can return to any location
in the file we have marked.
However, try {m3}, or {mM}. You should hear a beep, or bell. Only lower-case
letters are acceptable to the {m} and {'} commands: numbers, upper-case
letters, and special characters are not acceptable.
If you type the {'} command with a character that is lower-case alphabetic but
that has not been used in an {m} command, or for which the 'marked' text has
been deleted, you will also get a beep. Try {'i}. You should get a beep
because the command {mi} has never been issued. (Unless you've been
experimenting.)
The command {''} attempts to return you to the location at which you last
modified some part of your file. However, my experience has been that it is
difficult to predict exactly where you will end up.
Section 10: {^M} {-}
Now do {ma}, marking your position at the top of the screen. Now hit {^M} (or
return) until the cursor is right ...
* <- here, over/under the asterisk. Now
type {mb'a'b} and watch the cursor move from the asterisk to the top of the
screen and back again.
The {^M} command moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line. Now type
{^M} until the cursor is right ...
* <- here. The command to move the cursor to the beginning of the
previous line is {-}. Practice moving the cursor around on the screen by using
{^M} and {-}. BE CAREFUL to not move the cursor OFF the screen just yet. If
you do, type {'az^M}.
Now we can move to any line within the screen. Practice moving around in the
file using the {^F}, {^B}, {-}, {^M}, {z}, and {'} commands. When you are
fairly confident that you can get to where you need to be in the file, and
position the cursor on the screen where you want it type {'az^M^F} (which, of
course, moves you back to the beginning of this section, repositions the
cursor at the top of the screen, and advances you to the next section).
Section 11: scrolling: {^M}
The cursor should now be on the S of 'Section 11', and this should be on the
first line of the screen. If it is not, do {^M} or {-} as appropriate to put
the cursor on the section line, and type {z^M}.
Type {mc} to mark your place.
Now type {^M} until the cursor is on the last line of this screen. Now do one
more {^M} and observe the result. This is called scrolling. When you
attempted to move to a line not displayed on the screen, the line at the top of
the screen was 'scrolled off', and a line at the bottom of the screen was
'scrolled on'. The top line with 'Section 11' should no longer be visible.
Now type {'cz^M} to reset the screen and type {^F} for the next section.
Section 12: {-} {z}
The {-} command moves the cursor to the previous line in the file. Now type
{-}, which attempts to move the cursor to the previous line in this file.
However, that line is not on the screen. The resulting action will depend on
your terminal. (Do a {^Mz^M} to reposition the file). On intelligent
terminals (e.g. VT100s, Z19s, Concept 100s), a top line is 'scrolled on' and
the bottom line is 'scrolled off'. Other terminals, however, may not have
this 'reverse scrolling' feature. They will simply repaint the screen with
the cursor line in the middle of the screen. On such terminals it is
necessary to type {z^M} to get the cursor line back to the top of the screen.
Section 13:
Up until this point, the tutorial has always tried to make sure that the first
line of each screen has on it the section number and a list of the commands
covered in that section. This will no longer be strictly maintained. If you
want the section line at the top of the screen, you now know enough commands to
do it easily: do {^M} or {-} until the cursor is on the section line and
then {z^M}. Also, from this point on, it may not be the case that a {^F} will
put you at the beginning of the next section. Therefore, be aware of where you
are in the file as we look at other commands. You may have to find your way
back to a particular section without any help from the tutorial. If you do not
feel comfortable with this, then it is suggested that you practice moving from
section 1 to section 13, back and forth, using {^M}, {-}, {^F}, and {^B}
commands for a while.
Also make liberal use of the mark command {m}: if, for example, you make a
habit of using {mz} to mark your current location in the file, then you will
always be able to return to that location with {'z} if the editor does
something strange and you have no idea where you are or what happened.
And finally, the proscription against experimentation is hereby lifted: play
with the editor. Feel free to try out variations on the commands and move
around in the file. By this time you should be able to recover from any gross
errors.
Section 14: {^E} {^Y} {^D} {^U}
Let us now look at a few other commands for moving around in the file, and
moving the file around on the screen. Note that the commands we have already
looked at are sufficient: you really don't need any more commands for looking
in a file. The following commands are not absolutely necessary. However,
they can make editing more convenient, and you should take note of their
existence. But it would be perfectly valid to decide to ignore them on this
first pass: you can learn them later when you see a need for them, if you ever
do.
First, let's clear up some potentially confusing language. In at least one
place in the official document ('An Introduction to Display Editing with Vi'
by William Joy, and Mark Horton, September 1980), the expression "to scroll
down text" means that the cursor is moved down in your file. However, note
that this may result in the text on the screen moving UP. This use of the
word 'scroll' refers to the action of the cursor within the file. However,
another legitimate use of the word refers to the action of the text on the
screen. That is, if the lines on your screen move up toward the top of the
screen, this would be 'scrolling the screen up'. If the lines move down
toward the bottom of the screen, this would be refered to as scrolling down.
I have tried to maintain the following jargon: 'scrolling' refers to what the
text does on the screen, not to what the cursor does within the file. For the
latter I will refer to the cursor 'moving', or to 'moving the cursor'. I
realize that this is not necessarily consistent with Joy and Horton, but they
were wrong.
{^E} scrolls the whole screen up one line, keeping the cursor on the same line,
if possible. However, if the cursor line is the first line on the screen, then
the cursor is moved to the next line in the file. Try typing {^E}.
{^Y} scrolls the screen down one line, keeping the cursor on the same line, if
possible. However, if the cursor line is the last line on the screen, then the
cursor is moved to the previous line in the file. Try it.
{^D} moves the cursor down into the file, scrolling the screen up.
{^U} moves the cursor up into the file, also scrolling the screen if the
terminal you are on has the reverse scroll capability. Otherwise the
screen is repainted.
Note that {^E} and {^Y} move the cursor on the screen while trying to keep the
cursor at the same place in the file (if possible: however, the cursor can
never move off screen), while {^D} and {^U} keep the cursor at the same place
on the screen while moving the cursor within the file.
Section 15: {/ .. /^M}
Another way to position yourself in the file is by giving the editor a string
to search for. Type the following: {/Here 1/^M} and the cursor should end up
right ...........................here ^. Now type {/Section 15:/^M} and the
cursor will end up over/on .....................here ^. Now type {//^M} and
observe that the cursor is now over the capital S five lines above this line.
Typing {//^M} several more times will bounce the cursor back and forth between
the two occurrences of the string. In other words, when you type a string
between the two slashes, it is searched for. Typing the slashes with nothing
between them acts as if you had typed the previous string again.
Observe that the string you type between the two slashes is entered on the
bottom line of the screen. Now type {/Search for x /^M} except replace the 'x'
in the string with some other character, say 'b'. The message "Pattern not
found" should appear on the bottom of the screen. If you hadn't replaced the
'x', then you would have found the string. Try it.
Section 16: {? .. ?^M} {n} (search strings: ^ $)
When you surround the sought-for string with slashes as in {/Search/}, the
file is searched beginning from your current position in the file. If the
string is not found by the end of the file, searching is restarted at the
beginning of the file. However, if you do want the search to find the
PREVIOUS rather than the NEXT occurrence of the string, surround the string
with question marks instead of slash marks.
Below are several occurrences of the same string.
Here 2 Here 2 Here 2
Here 2 Here 2.
Observe the effect of the following search commands (try them in the
sequence shown):
{/Here 2/^M} {//^M} {??^M}
{/^Here 2/^M} {//^M} {??^M}
{/Here 2$/^M} {//^M} {??^M}
The first command looks for the next occurrence of the string 'Here 2'.
However the second line of commands looks for an occurrence of 'Here 2' that
is at the beginning of the line. When the up-arrow is the first character of
a search string it stands for the beginning of the line. When the dollar-sign
is the last character of the search string it stands for the end of the line.
Therefore, the third line of commands searches for the string only when it is
at the end of the line. Since there is only one place the string begins a
line, and only one place the string ends the line, subsequent {//^M} and
{??^M} will find those same strings over and over.
The {n} command will find the next occurrence of the / or ? search
string. Try {/Here 2/^M} followed by several {n} and observe the
effect. Then try {??^M} followed by several {n}. The {n} command
remembers the direction of the last search. It is just a way to save a
few keystrokes.
Section 17: \ and magic-characters in search strings
Now type {/Here 3$/^M}. You might expect the cursor to end up
right......^ here. However, you will get "Pattern not found" at the bottom of
the screen. Remember that the dollar-sign stands for the end of the line.
Somehow, you must tell vi that you do not want the end of the line, but a
dollar-sign. In other words, you must take away the special meaning that the
dollar-sign has for the search mechanism. You do this (for any special
character, including the up-arrow ^) by putting a back-slash ('\', not '/') in
front of the character.
Now try {/Here 3\$/^M} and you should end up nine lines above this one. Try
{//^M} and note that it returns you to the same place, and not to the first
line of this paragraph: the back-slash character is not part of the search
string and will not be found. To find the string in the first line of this
paragraph, type {/Here 3\\\$/^M}. There are three back-slashes: the first takes
away the special meaning from the second, and the third takes away the special
meaning from the dollar-sign.
Following is a list of the characters that have special meanings in search
strings. If you wish to find a string containing one of these characters, you
will have to be precede the character with a backslash. These characters are
called magic characters because of the fun and games you can have with them
and they can have with you, if you aren't aware of what they do.
^ - (up-arrow) beginning of a line
$ - (dollar-sign) end of a line
. - (period) matches any character
\ - (backslant) the escape character itself
[ - (square bracket) for finding patterns (see section #SEARCH)
] - (square bracket) ditto
* - (asterisk) ditto
Without trying to explain it here, note that {:set nomagic^M} turns off the
special meanings of all but the ^ up-arrow, $ dollar-sign, and backslash
characters.
Section 18: {: (colon commands)} {ZZ}
In this section we will discuss getting into and out of the editor in more
detail. If you are editing a file and wish to save the results the command
sequence {:w^M} writes the current contents of the file out to disk, using the
file name you used when you invoked the editor. That is, if you are at the
command level in Unix, and you invoke vi with {vi foo} where foo is the name
of the file you wish to edit, then foo is the name of the file used by the
{:w^M} command.
If you are done, the write and quit commands can be combined into a single
command {:wq^M}. An even simpler way is the command {ZZ} (two capital Z's).
If, for some reason, you wish to exit without saving any changes you have made,
{:q!^M} does the trick. If you have not made any changes, the exclamation
point is not necessary: {:q^M}. Vi is pretty good about not letting you
get out without warning you that you haven't saved your file.
We have mentioned before that you are currently in the vi editor, editing a
file. If you wish to start the tutorial over from the very beginning, you
could {ZZ}, and then type {vi.tut beginner} in response to the Unix prompt.
This will create a fresh copy of this file for you, which might be necessary
if you accidentally destroyed the copy you were working with. Just do a
search for the last section you were in: e.g. {/Section 18:/^Mz^M}.
Section 19: {H} {M} {L}
Here are a few more commands that will move you around on the screen. Again,
they are not absolutely necessary, but they can make screen positioning easier:
{H} - puts the cursor at the top of the screen (the 'home' position)
{M} - puts the cursor in the middle of the screen
{L} - puts the cursor at the bottom of the screen.
Try typing {HML} and watch the cursor.
Try typing {5HM5L} and note that 5H puts you five lines from the top of the
screen, and 5L puts you five lines from the bottom of the screen.
Section 20: {w} {b} {0} {W} {B} {e} {E} {'} {`}
Up to this point we have concentrated on positioning in the file, and
positioning on the screen. Now let's look at positioning in a line. Put the
cursor at the beginning of the following line and type {z^M}:
This is a test line: your cursor should initially be at its beginning.
The test line should now be at the top of your screen. Type {w} several times.
Note that it moves you forward to the beginning of the next word. Now type
{b} (back to the beginning of the word) several times till you are at the
beginning of the line. (If you accidentally type too many {b}, type {w} until
you are on the beginning of the line again.) Type {wwwww} (five w's) and note
that the cursor is now on the colon in the sentence. The lower-case w command
moves you forward one word, paying attention to certain characters such as
colon and period as delimiters and counting them as words themselves. Now
type {0} (zero, not o 'oh'): this moves you to the beginning of the current
line. Now type {5w} and notice that this has the effect of repeating {w} five
times and that you are now back on the colon. Type {0} (zero) again. To
ignore the delimiters and to move to the beginning of the next word using only
blanks, tabs and carriage-returns (these are called white-space characters) to
delimit the words, use the {W} command: upper-case W. {B} takes you back a
word using white-space characters as word delimiters.
Note that the commands {wbWB} do not stop at the beginning or end of a line:
they will continue to the next word on the next line in the direction specified
(a blank line counts as a word).
If you are interested in the END of the word, and not the BEGINNING, then use
the {e} and {E} commands. These commands only move forward and there are no
corresponding 'reverse search' commands for the end of a word.
Also, we have been using the {'} command to move the cursor to a position that
we have previously marked with the {m} command. However, position the cursor
in the middle of a line (any line, just pick one) and type {mk}, marking that
position with the letter k. Now type a few returns {^M} and type {'k}.
Observe that the cursor is now at the beginning of the line that you marked.
Now try {`k}: note that this is the reverse apostrophe, or back-quote, or grave
accent, or whatever you want to call it. Also note that it moves you to the
character that was marked, not just to the line that was marked.
In addition, the {``} command works just like the {''} command except that you
are taken to the exact character, not just to the line. (I'm still not
sure which exact character, just as I'm still not sure which line.)
Section 21: {l} {k} {j} {h}
There are several commands to move around on the screen on a character by
character basis:
l - moves the cursor one character to the RIGHT
k - moves the cursor UP one line
j - moves the cursor DOWN one line
h - moves the cursor one character to the LEFT
Section 22: {i} {a} {I} {A} {o} {O} ^[ (escape key)
For this and following sections you will need to use the ESCAPE key on your
terminal. It is usually marked ESC. Since the escape key is the same as
typing {^[} we will use ^[ for the escape key.
Probably the most often used command in an editor is the insert command. Below
are two lines of text, the first correct, the second incorrect. Position your
cursor at the beginning of Line 1 and type {z^M}.
Line 1: This is an example of the insert command.
Line 2: This is an of the insert command.
To make line 2 look like line 1, we are going to insert the characters
'example ' before the word 'of'. So, now move the cursor so that it is
positioned on the 'o' of 'of'. (You can do this by typing {^M} to move
to the beginning of line 2, followed by {6w} or {wwwwww} to position the cursor
on the word 'of'.)
Now carefully type the following string and observe the effects:
{iexample ^[} (remember: ^[ is the escape key)}
The {i} begins the insert mode, and 'example ' is inserted into the line:
be sure to notice the blank in 'example '. The ^[ ends insertion mode,
and the line is updated to include the new string. Line 1 should look exactly
like Line 2.
Move the cursor to the beginning of Line 3 below and type {z^M}:
Line 3: These lines are examples for the 'a' command.
Line 4: These line are examples for the '
We will change line four to look like line three by using the append command.
We need to append an 's' to the word 'line'. Position the cursor on the 'e'
of 'line'. You can do this in several ways, one way is the following:
First, type {/line /^M}. This puts us on the word 'line' in Line 4
(the blank in the search string is important!). Next, type {e}. The 'e' puts
us at the end of the word. Now, type {as^[ (^[ is the escape character)}.
The 'a' puts us in insert mode, AFTER the current character. We appended the
's', and the escape ^[ ended the insert mode.
The difference between {i} (insert) and {a} (append) is that {i} begins
inserting text BEFORE the cursor, and {a} begins inserting AFTER the cursor.
Now type {Aa' command.^[}. The cursor is moved to the end of the line and the
string following {A} is inserted into the text. Line 4 should now look like
line 3.
Just as {A} moves you to the end of the line to begin inserting, {I} would
begin inserting at the FRONT of the line.
To begin the insertion of a line after the cursor line, type {o}. To insert a
line before the cursor line, type {O}. In other words {o123^[} is equivalent
to {A^M123^[}, and {O123^[} is equivalent to {I123^M^[}. The text after the
{o} or {O} is ended with an escape ^[.
This paragraph contains information that is terminal dependent: you will just
have to experiment to discover what your terminal does. Once in the insert
mode, if you make a mistake in the typing, ^H will delete the previous
character up to the beginning of the current insertion. ^W will delete the
previous word, and one of ^U, @, or ^X will delete the current line (up to the
beginning of the current insertion). You will need to experiment with ^U, @,
and ^X to determine which works for your terminal.
Section 23: {f} {x} {X} {w} {l} {r} {R} {s} {S} {J}
Position the cursor at the beginning of line 5 and {z^M}:
Line 5: The line as it should be.
Line 6: The line as it shouldn't be.
To make Line 6 like Line 5, we have to delete the 'n', the apostrophe, and the
't'. There are several ways to position ourselves at the 'n'. Choose
whichever one suits your fancy:
{/n't/^M}
{^M7w6l} or {^M7w6 } (note the space)
{^M3fn} (finds the 3rd 'n' on the line)
Now {xxx} will delete the three characters, as will {3x}.
Note that {X} deletes the character just BEFORE the cursor, as opposed
to the character AT the cursor.
Position the cursor at line 7 and {z^M}:
Line 7: The line as it would be.
Line 8: The line as it could be.
To change line 8 into line 7 we need to change the 'c' in 'could' into a 'w'.
The 'r' (replace) command was designed for this. Typing {rc} is the same as
typing {xic^[} (i.e. delete the 'bad' character and insert the correct
new character). Therefore, assuming that you have positioned the cursor on the
'c' of 'could', the easiest way to change 'could' into 'would' is {rw}.
If you would like to now change the 'would' into 'should', use the substitute
command, 's': {ssh^[}. The difference between 'r' and 's' is that 'r'
(replace) replaces the current character with another character, while 's'
(substitute) substitutes the current character with a string, ended with an
escape.
The capital letter version of replace {R} replaces each character by a
character one at a time until you type an escape, ^[. The 'S' command
substitutes the whole line.
Position your cursor at the beginning of line 9 and {z^M}.
Line 9: Love is a many splendored thing.
Line 10: Love is a most splendored thing.
To change line 10 into line 9, position the cursor at the beginning of 'most',
and type {Rmany^[}.
You may have noticed that, when inserting text, a new line is formed by typing
{^M}. When changing, replacing, or substituting text you can make a new line
by typing {^M}. However, neither {x} nor {X} will remove ^M to make two lines
into one line. To do this, position the cursor on the first of the two lines
you wish to make into a single line and type {J} (uppercase J for 'Join').
Section 24: {u} {U}
Finally, before we review, let's look at the undo command. Position
your cursor on line 11 below and {z^M}.
Line 11: The quick brown fox jumped over the lazy hound dog.
Line 12: the qwick black dog dumped over the laxy poune fox.
Type the following set of commands, and observe carefully the effect of each
of the commands:
{/^Line 12:/^M} {ft} {rT} {fw} {ru} {w} {Rbrown fox^[} {w} {rj}
{fx} {rz} {w} {Rhound dog^[}
Line 12 now matches line 11. Now type {U} - capital 'U'. And line 12 now
looks like it did before you typed in the command strings. Now type:
{ft} {rT} {fw} {ru} {^M} {^M}
and then type {u}: the cursor jumps back to the line containing the second
change you made and 'undoes' it. That is, {U} 'undoes' all the changes on the
line, and {u} 'undoes' only the last change. Type {u} several times and
observe what happens: {u} can undo a previous {u}!
Caveat: {U} only works as long as the cursor is still on the line. Move the
cursor off the line and {U} will have no effect, except to possibly beep at
you. However, {u} will undo the last change, no matter where it occurred.
Section 25: review
At this point, you have all the commands you need in order to make use of vi.
The remainder of this tutorial will discuss variations on these commands as
well as introduce new commands that make the job of editing more efficient.
Here is a brief review of the basic commands we have covered. They are listed
in the order of increasing complexity and/or decreasing necessity (to say that
a command is less necessary is not to say that it is less useful!). These
commands allow you to comfortably edit any text file. There are other
commands that will make life easier but will require extra time to learn,
obviously. You may want to consider setting this tutorial aside for several
weeks and returning to it later after gaining experience with vi and getting
comfortable with it. The convenience of some of the more exotic commands may
then be apparent and worth the extra investment of time and effort
required to master them.
to get into the editor from Unix: {vi filename}
to exit the editor
saving all changes {ZZ} or {:wq^M}
throwing away all changes {:q!^M}
when no changes have been made {:q^M}
save a file without exiting the editor {:w^M}
write the file into another file {:w filename^M}
insert text
before the cursor {i ...text... ^[}
at the beginning of the line {I ...text... ^[}
after the cursor (append) {a ...text... ^[}
at the end of the line {A ...text... ^[}
after the current line {o ...text... ^[}
before the current line {O ...text... ^[}
delete the character ...
under the cursor {x}
to the left of the cursor {X}
delete n characters {nx} or {nX} (for n a number)
make two lines into one line (Join) {J}
find a string in the file ...
searching forward {/ ...string... /^M}
searching backwards {? ...string... ?^M}
repeat the last search command {n}
repeat the last search command in the
opposite direction {N}
find the character c on this line ...
searching forward {fc}
searching backward {Fc}
repeat the last 'find character' command {;}
replace a character with character x {rx}
substitute a single character with text {s ...text... ^[}
substitute n characters with text {ns ...text... ^[}
replace characters one-by-one with text {R ...text... ^[}
undo all changes to the current line {U}
undo the last single change {u}
move forward in the file a "screenful" {^F}
move back in the file a "screenful" {^B}
move forward in the file one line {^M} or {+}
move backward in the file one line {-}
move to the beginning of the line {0}
move to the end of the line {$}
move forward one word {w}
move forward one word, ignoring punctuation {W}
move forward to the end of the next word {e}
to the end of the word, ignoring punctuation{E}
move backward one word {b}
move back one word, ignoring punctuation {B}
return to the last line modified {''}
scroll a line onto the top of the screen {^Y}
scroll a line onto the bottom of the screen {^E}
move "up" in the file a half-screen {^U}
move "down" in the file a half-screen {^D}
move the cursor to the top screen line {H}
move the cursor to the bottom screen line {L}
move the cursor to the middle line {M}
move LEFT one character position {h} or {^H}
move RIGHT one character position {l} or { }
move UP in the same column {k} or {^P}
move DOWN in the same column {j} or {^N}
mark the current position, name it x {mx}
move to the line marked/named x {'x}
move to the character position named x {`x}
move to the beginning of the file {1G}
move to the end of the file {G}
move to line 23 in the file {23G}
repaint the screen with the cursor line
at the top of the screen {z^M}
in the middle of the screen {z.}
at the bottom of the screen {z-}
More information on vi can be found in the file vi.advanced, which you can
peruse at your leisure. From UNIX, type {vi.tut advanced^M}.

24
docs/tutorial/vi.tut.csh
View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/csh -f
#
# This makes the user's EXINIT variable set to the 'correct' things.
# I don't know what will happen if they also have a .exrc file!
#
# XXX
# Make sure that user is using a 24 line window!!!
#
if ($1 != "beginner" && $1 != "advanced") then
echo Usage: $0 beginner or $0 advanced
exit
endif
if ($?EXINIT) then
set oexinit="$EXINIT"
setenv EXINIT 'se ts=4 wm=8 sw=4'
endif
vi vi.{$1}
onintr:
if ($?oexinit) then
setenv EXINIT "$oexinit"
endif

30
ex/ex.c
View File

@ -31,20 +31,20 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex.c,v 10.80 2012/10/03 16:24:40 zy Exp $";
#include "../vi/vi.h"
#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(COMLOG)
static void ex_comlog __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
static void ex_comlog(SCR *, EXCMD *);
#endif
static EXCMDLIST const *
ex_comm_search __P((CHAR_T *, size_t));
static int ex_discard __P((SCR *));
static int ex_line __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, MARK *, int *, int *));
static int ex_load __P((SCR *));
static void ex_unknown __P((SCR *, CHAR_T *, size_t));
ex_comm_search(CHAR_T *, size_t);
static int ex_discard(SCR *);
static int ex_line(SCR *, EXCMD *, MARK *, int *, int *);
static int ex_load(SCR *);
static void ex_unknown(SCR *, CHAR_T *, size_t);
/*
* ex --
* Main ex loop.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex __P((SCR **));
* PUBLIC: int ex(SCR **);
*/
int
ex(SCR **spp)
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ ex(SCR **spp)
*
* For extra credit, try them in a startup .exrc file.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_cmd __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_cmd(SCR *);
*/
int
ex_cmd(SCR *sp)
@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ rsuccess: tmp = 0;
* ex_range --
* Get a line range for ex commands, or perform a vi ex address search.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_range __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, int *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_range(SCR *, EXCMD *, int *);
*/
int
ex_range(SCR *sp, EXCMD *ecp, int *errp)
@ -1689,12 +1689,12 @@ ex_range(SCR *sp, EXCMD *ecp, int *errp)
++ecp->cp;
--ecp->clen;
break;
case ',': /* Comma delimiter. */
case ',': /* Comma delimiter. */
/* Vi ex address searches didn't permit commas. */
if (F_ISSET(ecp, E_VISEARCH))
goto ret;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case ';': /* Semi-colon delimiter. */
case ';': /* Semi-colon delimiter. */
if (sp->ep == NULL) {
ex_badaddr(sp, NULL, A_EMPTY, NUM_OK);
*errp = 1;
@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ ex_line(SCR *sp, EXCMD *ecp, MARK *mp, int *isaddrp, int *errp)
GS *gp;
long total, val;
int isneg;
int (*sf) __P((SCR *, MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int));
int (*sf)(SCR *, MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T **, u_int);
CHAR_T *endp;
gp = sp->gp;
@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ ex_unknown(SCR *sp, CHAR_T *cmd, size_t len)
* [un]abbreviate command, so it can turn off abbreviations. See
* the usual ranting in the vi/v_txt_ev.c:txt_abbrev() routine.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_is_abbrev __P((CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int ex_is_abbrev(CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
ex_is_abbrev(CHAR_T *name, size_t len)
@ -2236,7 +2236,7 @@ ex_is_abbrev(CHAR_T *name, size_t len)
* unmap command, so it can turn off input mapping. See the usual
* ranting in the vi/v_txt_ev.c:txt_unmap() routine.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_is_unmap __P((CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int ex_is_unmap(CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
ex_is_unmap(CHAR_T *name, size_t len)
@ -2279,7 +2279,7 @@ ex_comm_search(CHAR_T *name, size_t len)
* Display a bad address message.
*
* PUBLIC: void ex_badaddr
* PUBLIC: __P((SCR *, EXCMDLIST const *, enum badaddr, enum nresult));
* PUBLIC: (SCR *, EXCMDLIST const *, enum badaddr, enum nresult);
*/
void
ex_badaddr(SCR *sp, const EXCMDLIST *cp, enum badaddr ba, enum nresult nret)

4
ex/ex.h
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
typedef struct _excmdlist { /* Ex command table structure. */
CHAR_T *name; /* Command name, underlying function. */
int (*fn) __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
int (*fn)(SCR *, EXCMD *);
#define E_ADDR1 0x00000001 /* One address. */
#define E_ADDR2 0x00000002 /* Two addresses. */
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ typedef enum {
/* Ex address error types. */
enum badaddr { A_COMBO, A_EMPTY, A_EOF, A_NOTSET, A_ZERO };
/* Ex common tag error messages. */
/* Ex common tag error messages. */
typedef enum {
TAG_BADLNO, /* Tag line doesn't exist. */
TAG_EMPTY, /* Tags stack is empty. */

4
ex/ex_abbrev.c
View File

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_abbrev.c,v 10.10 2001/12/16 18:18:54 skimo
* ex_abbr -- :abbreviate [key replacement]
* Create an abbreviation or display abbreviations.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_abbr __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_abbr(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_abbr(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ ex_abbr(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
* ex_unabbr -- :unabbreviate key
* Delete an abbreviation.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_unabbr __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_unabbr(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_unabbr(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

8
ex/ex_append.c
View File

@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_append.c,v 10.34 2001/06/25 15:19:14 skimo
enum which {APPEND, CHANGE, INSERT};
static int ex_aci __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, enum which));
static int ex_aci(SCR *, EXCMD *, enum which);
/*
* ex_append -- :[line] a[ppend][!]
* Append one or more lines of new text after the specified line,
* or the current line if no address is specified.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_append __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_append(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_append(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ ex_append(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
* ex_change -- :[line[,line]] c[hange][!] [count]
* Change one or more lines to the input text.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_change __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_change(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_change(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ ex_change(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
* Insert one or more lines of new text before the specified line,
* or the current line if no address is specified.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_insert __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_insert(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_insert(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

12
ex/ex_args.c
View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_args.c,v 10.19 2011/12/16 16:18:10 zy Exp
#include "../common/common.h"
#include "../vi/vi.h"
static int ex_N_next __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
static int ex_N_next(SCR *, EXCMD *);
/*
* ex_next -- :next [+cmd] [files]
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ static int ex_N_next __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* idea was that it ignored the force flag if the autowrite flag was
* set. This implementation handles them all identically.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_next __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_next(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_next(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ ex_N_next(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
* ex_prev -- :prev
* Edit the previous file.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_prev __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_prev(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_prev(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ ex_prev(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
* anyone noticing, but if they do, we'll have to put information into the SCR
* structure so we can keep track of it.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_rew __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_rew(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_rew(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ ex_rew(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
* ex_args -- :args
* Display the list of files.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_args __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_args(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_args(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ ex_args(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
* ex_buildargv --
* Build a new file argument list.
*
* PUBLIC: char **ex_buildargv __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, char *));
* PUBLIC: char **ex_buildargv(SCR *, EXCMD *, char *);
*/
char **
ex_buildargv(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp, char *name)

32
ex/ex_argv.c
View File

@ -30,18 +30,18 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_argv.c,v 11.2 2012/10/09 23:00:29 zy Exp $
#include "../common/common.h"
static int argv_alloc __P((SCR *, size_t));
static int argv_comp __P((const void *, const void *));
static int argv_fexp __P((SCR *, EXCMD *,
CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t *, CHAR_T **, size_t *, int));
static int argv_sexp __P((SCR *, CHAR_T **, size_t *, size_t *));
static int argv_flt_user __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t));
static int argv_alloc(SCR *, size_t);
static int argv_comp(const void *, const void *);
static int argv_fexp(SCR *, EXCMD *,
CHAR_T *, size_t, CHAR_T *, size_t *, CHAR_T **, size_t *, int);
static int argv_sexp(SCR *, CHAR_T **, size_t *, size_t *);
static int argv_flt_user(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t);
/*
* argv_init --
* Build a prototype arguments list.
*
* PUBLIC: int argv_init __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int argv_init(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
argv_init(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp)
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ argv_init(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp)
* argv_exp0 --
* Append a string to the argument list.
*
* PUBLIC: int argv_exp0 __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int argv_exp0(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
argv_exp0(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *cmd, size_t cmdlen)
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ argv_exp0(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *cmd, size_t cmdlen)
* Do file name expansion on a string, and append it to the
* argument list.
*
* PUBLIC: int argv_exp1 __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t, int));
* PUBLIC: int argv_exp1(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t, int);
*/
int
argv_exp1(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *cmd, size_t cmdlen, int is_bang)
@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ ret: FREE_SPACEW(sp, bp, blen);
* Do file name and shell expansion on a string, and append it to
* the argument list.
*
* PUBLIC: int argv_exp2 __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int argv_exp2(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
argv_exp2(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *cmd, size_t cmdlen)
@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ err: FREE_SPACEW(sp, bp, blen);
* Take a string and break it up into an argv, which is appended
* to the argument list.
*
* PUBLIC: int argv_exp3 __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int argv_exp3(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
argv_exp3(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *cmd, size_t cmdlen)
@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ argv_exp3(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *cmd, size_t cmdlen)
* Filter the ex commands with a prefix, and append the results to
* the argument list.
*
* PUBLIC: int argv_flt_ex __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int argv_flt_ex(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
argv_flt_ex(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *cmd, size_t cmdlen)
@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ mem: msgq(sp, M_SYSERR, NULL);
* argv_free --
* Free up argument structures.
*
* PUBLIC: int argv_free __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int argv_free(SCR *);
*/
int
argv_free(SCR *sp)
@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ argv_free(SCR *sp)
* Find all file names matching the prefix and append them to the
* argument list.
*
* PUBLIC: int argv_flt_path __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: int argv_flt_path(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
int
argv_flt_path(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *path, size_t plen)
@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ alloc_err: rval = SEXP_ERR;
* argv_esc --
* Escape a string into an ex and shell argument.
*
* PUBLIC: CHAR_T *argv_esc __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: CHAR_T *argv_esc(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
CHAR_T *
argv_esc(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *str, size_t len)
@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ argv_esc(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *str, size_t len)
* argv_uesc --
* Unescape an escaped ex and shell argument.
*
* PUBLIC: CHAR_T *argv_uesc __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t));
* PUBLIC: CHAR_T *argv_uesc(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *, size_t);
*/
CHAR_T *
argv_uesc(SCR *sp, EXCMD *excp, CHAR_T *str, size_t len)

2
ex/ex_at.c
View File

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_at.c,v 10.16 2001/06/25 15:19:14 skimo Exp
*
* Execute the contents of the buffer.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_at __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_at(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_at(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

2
ex/ex_bang.c
View File

@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_bang.c,v 10.36 2001/06/25 15:19:14 skimo E
* ways of getting here display the right things. It took a long time to
* get it right (wrong?), so be careful.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_bang __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_bang(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_bang(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

2
ex/ex_cd.c
View File

@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_cd.c,v 10.13 2012/04/12 06:28:27 zy Exp $"
* ex_cd -- :cd[!] [directory]
* Change directories.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_cd __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_cd(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_cd(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

44
ex/ex_cscope.c
View File

@ -61,15 +61,15 @@ find c|d|e|f|g|i|s|t buffer|pattern\n\
s: find all uses of name\n\
t: find assignments to name"
static int cscope_add __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *));
static int cscope_find __P((SCR *, EXCMD*, CHAR_T *));
static int cscope_help __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *));
static int cscope_kill __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *));
static int cscope_reset __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *));
static int cscope_add(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *);
static int cscope_find(SCR *, EXCMD*, CHAR_T *);
static int cscope_help(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *);
static int cscope_kill(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *);
static int cscope_reset(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *);
typedef struct _cc {
char *name;
int (*function) __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *));
int (*function)(SCR *, EXCMD *, CHAR_T *);
char *help_msg;
char *usage_msg;
} CC;
@ -88,23 +88,23 @@ static CC const cscope_cmds[] = {
{ NULL }
};
static TAGQ *create_cs_cmd __P((SCR *, char *, size_t *));
static int csc_help __P((SCR *, char *));
static void csc_file __P((SCR *,
CSC *, char *, char **, size_t *, int *));
static int get_paths __P((SCR *, CSC *));
static CC const *lookup_ccmd __P((char *));
static int parse __P((SCR *, CSC *, TAGQ *, int *));
static int read_prompt __P((SCR *, CSC *));
static int run_cscope __P((SCR *, CSC *, char *));
static int start_cscopes __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
static int terminate __P((SCR *, CSC *, int));
static TAGQ *create_cs_cmd(SCR *, char *, size_t *);
static int csc_help(SCR *, char *);
static void csc_file(SCR *,
CSC *, char *, char **, size_t *, int *);
static int get_paths(SCR *, CSC *);
static CC const *lookup_ccmd(char *);
static int parse(SCR *, CSC *, TAGQ *, int *);
static int read_prompt(SCR *, CSC *);
static int run_cscope(SCR *, CSC *, char *);
static int start_cscopes(SCR *, EXCMD *);
static int terminate(SCR *, CSC *, int);
/*
* ex_cscope --
* Perform an ex cscope.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_cscope __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_cscope(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_cscope(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ csc_help(SCR *sp, char *cmd)
return (1);
} else {
ex_printf(sp,
"Command: %s (%s)\n", ccp->name, ccp->help_msg);
"Command: %s (%s)\n", ccp->name, ccp->help_msg);
ex_printf(sp, " Usage: %s\n", ccp->usage_msg);
return (0);
}
@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ cscope_reset(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp, CHAR_T *notusedp)
* cscope_end --
* End all cscope connections.
*
* PUBLIC: int cscope_end __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int cscope_end(SCR *);
*/
int
cscope_end(SCR *sp)
@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ cscope_end(SCR *sp)
* cscope_display --
* Display current connections.
*
* PUBLIC: int cscope_display __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int cscope_display(SCR *);
*/
int
cscope_display(SCR *sp)
@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ cscope_display(SCR *sp)
* cscope_search --
* Search a file for a cscope entry.
*
* PUBLIC: int cscope_search __P((SCR *, TAGQ *, TAG *));
* PUBLIC: int cscope_search(SCR *, TAGQ *, TAG *);
*/
int
cscope_search(SCR *sp, TAGQ *tqp, TAG *tp)

2
ex/ex_delete.c
View File

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_delete.c,v 10.11 2001/06/25 15:19:15 skimo
*
* Delete lines from the file.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_delete __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_delete(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_delete(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

8
ex/ex_display.c
View File

@ -26,16 +26,16 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_display.c,v 10.15 2001/06/25 15:19:15 skim
#include "../common/common.h"
#include "tag.h"
static int is_prefix __P((ARGS *, CHAR_T *));
static int bdisplay __P((SCR *));
static void db __P((SCR *, CB *, const char *));
static int is_prefix(ARGS *, CHAR_T *);
static int bdisplay(SCR *);
static void db(SCR *, CB *, const char *);
/*
* ex_display -- :display b[uffers] | c[onnections] | s[creens] | t[ags]
*
* Display cscope connections, buffers, tags or screens.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_display __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_display(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_display(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

4
ex/ex_edit.c
View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_edit.c,v 10.15 2011/12/22 23:26:50 zy Exp
#include "../common/common.h"
#include "../vi/vi.h"
static int ex_N_edit __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, FREF *, int));
static int ex_N_edit(SCR *, EXCMD *, FREF *, int);
/*
* ex_edit -- :e[dit][!] [+cmd] [file]
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ static int ex_N_edit __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, FREF *, int));
* a file name as well. This seems unreasonable, so we support it
* regardless.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_edit __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_edit(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_edit(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

2
ex/ex_equal.c
View File

@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_equal.c,v 10.12 2001/06/25 15:19:15 skimo
/*
* ex_equal -- :address =
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_equal __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_equal(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_equal(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

2
ex/ex_file.c
View File

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_file.c,v 10.14 2001/06/25 15:19:16 skimo E
* ex_file -- :f[ile] [name]
* Change the file's name and display the status line.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_file __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_file(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_file(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

6
ex/ex_filter.c
View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_filter.c,v 10.44 2003/11/05 17:11:54 skimo
#include "../common/common.h"
static int filter_ldisplay __P((SCR *, FILE *));
static int filter_ldisplay(SCR *, FILE *);
/*
* ex_filter --
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ static int filter_ldisplay __P((SCR *, FILE *));
* replace the original text with the stdout/stderr output of
* the utility.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_filter __P((SCR *,
* PUBLIC: EXCMD *, MARK *, MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, enum filtertype));
* PUBLIC: int ex_filter(SCR *,
* PUBLIC: EXCMD *, MARK *, MARK *, MARK *, CHAR_T *, enum filtertype);
*/
int
ex_filter(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp, MARK *fm, MARK *tm, MARK *rp, CHAR_T *cmd, enum filtertype ftype)

8
ex/ex_global.c
View File

@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_global.c,v 10.32 2011/12/26 23:37:01 zy Ex
enum which {GLOBAL, V};
static int ex_g_setup __P((SCR *, EXCMD *, enum which));
static int ex_g_setup(SCR *, EXCMD *, enum which);
/*
* ex_global -- [line [,line]] g[lobal][!] /pattern/ [commands]
* Exec on lines matching a pattern.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_global __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_global(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_global(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ex_global(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
* ex_v -- [line [,line]] v /pattern/ [commands]
* Exec on lines not matching a pattern.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_v __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_v(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_v(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ usage: ex_emsg(sp, cmdp->cmd->usage, EXM_USAGE);
* ex_g_insdel --
* Update the ranges based on an insertion or deletion.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_g_insdel __P((SCR *, lnop_t, recno_t));
* PUBLIC: int ex_g_insdel(SCR *, lnop_t, recno_t);
*/
int
ex_g_insdel(SCR *sp, lnop_t op, recno_t lno)

14
ex/ex_init.c
View File

@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_init.c,v 10.33 2012/04/11 19:12:34 zy Exp
#include "pathnames.h"
enum rc { NOEXIST, NOPERM, RCOK };
static enum rc exrc_isok __P((SCR *, struct stat *, char *, int, int));
static enum rc exrc_isok(SCR *, struct stat *, char *, int, int);
static int ex_run_file __P((SCR *, char *));
static int ex_run_file(SCR *, char *);
/*
* ex_screen_copy --
* Copy ex screen.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_screen_copy __P((SCR *, SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_screen_copy(SCR *, SCR *);
*/
int
ex_screen_copy(SCR *orig, SCR *sp)
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ ex_screen_copy(SCR *orig, SCR *sp)
* ex_screen_end --
* End a vi screen.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_screen_end __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_screen_end(SCR *);
*/
int
ex_screen_end(SCR *sp)
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ ex_screen_end(SCR *sp)
* ex_optchange --
* Handle change of options for ex.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_optchange __P((SCR *, int, char *, u_long *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_optchange(SCR *, int, char *, u_long *);
*/
int
ex_optchange(SCR *sp, int offset, char *str, u_long *valp)
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ ex_optchange(SCR *sp, int offset, char *str, u_long *valp)
* Read the EXINIT environment variable and the startup exrc files,
* and execute their commands.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_exrc __P((SCR *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_exrc(SCR *);
*/
int
ex_exrc(SCR *sp)
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ ex_run_file(SCR *sp, char *name)
* ex_run_str --
* Set up a string of ex commands to run.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_run_str __P((SCR *, char *, CHAR_T *, size_t, int, int));
* PUBLIC: int ex_run_str(SCR *, char *, CHAR_T *, size_t, int, int);
*/
int
ex_run_str(SCR *sp, char *name, CHAR_T *str, size_t len, int ex_flags, int nocopy)

6
ex/ex_join.c
View File

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_join.c,v 10.17 2004/03/16 14:14:04 skimo E
* ex_join -- :[line [,line]] j[oin][!] [count] [flags]
* Join lines.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_join __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_join(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_join(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ ex_join(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
++cmdp->addr2.lno;
clen = tlen = 0;
for (first = 1,
for (first = 1,
from = cmdp->addr1.lno, to = cmdp->addr2.lno; from <= to; ++from) {
/*
* Get next line. Historic versions of vi allowed "10J" while
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ ex_join(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
sp->lno = cmdp->addr1.lno;
/* Delete the joined lines. */
for (from = cmdp->addr1.lno, to = cmdp->addr2.lno; to > from; --to)
for (from = cmdp->addr1.lno, to = cmdp->addr2.lno; to > from; --to)
if (db_delete(sp, to))
goto err;

4
ex/ex_map.c
View File

@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_map.c,v 10.11 2001/06/25 15:19:17 skimo Ex
* put the map in a .exrc file, things would often work much better.
* No clue why.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_map __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_map(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_map(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ nofunc: if (stype == SEQ_COMMAND && input[1] == '\0')
* ex_unmap -- (:unmap[!] key)
* Unmap a key.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_unmap __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_unmap(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_unmap(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

2
ex/ex_mark.c
View File

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_mark.c,v 10.9 2001/06/25 15:19:17 skimo Ex
* Mark lines.
*
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_mark __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_mark(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_mark(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

2
ex/ex_mkexrc.c
View File

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_mkexrc.c,v 10.13 2001/06/25 15:19:17 skimo
*
* Create (or overwrite) a .exrc file with the current info.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_mkexrc __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_mkexrc(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_mkexrc(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

4
ex/ex_move.c
View File

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_move.c,v 10.16 2012/02/11 15:52:33 zy Exp
* ex_copy -- :[line [,line]] co[py] line [flags]
* Copy selected lines.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_copy __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_copy(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_copy(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ err: text_lfree(cb.textq);
* ex_move -- :[line [,line]] mo[ve] line
* Move selected lines.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_move __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_move(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_move(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

2
ex/ex_open.c
View File

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_open.c,v 10.8 2001/06/25 15:19:17 skimo Ex
*
* Switch to single line "open" mode.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_open __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_open(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_open(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

4
ex/ex_preserve.c
View File

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ static const char sccsid[] = "$Id: ex_preserve.c,v 10.15 2001/06/25 15:19:18 ski
* ex_preserve -- :pre[serve]
* Push the file to recovery.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_preserve __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_preserve(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_preserve(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ex_preserve(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)
* ex_recover -- :rec[over][!] file
* Recover the file.
*
* PUBLIC: int ex_recover __P((SCR *, EXCMD *));
* PUBLIC: int ex_recover(SCR *, EXCMD *);
*/
int
ex_recover(SCR *sp, EXCMD *cmdp)

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More